,,the ,,plattsburg ,,manual ,a ,,handbook ,,for ,,military ,,training ,,by ,o4 ,o4 ,,ellis ,,major1 ,,united ,,states ,,infantry ,,and ,e4 ,b4 ,,garey ,,major1 ,,united ,,states ,,infantry 7,,instructors1 ,,plattsburg ,,training ,,camp1 #aiaf7 7,,instructors1 ,,officers' ,,training ,,camp1 ,,ft4 ,,mcpherson1 ,,ga41 #aiag7 7,,instructors1 ,,officers' ,,training ,,camp1 ,,ft4 ,,oglethorpe1 ,,ga41 #aiag7 ,,with ,,more ,,than #bbj ,,illustrations ,,new ,,york ,,the ,,century ,,co4 #aiah ,copyright1 #aiag1 by ,the ,century ,co4 ,published1 ,march1 #aiag ,second ,edition1 ,march1 #aiag ,third ,edition1 ,april1 #aiag ,fourth ,edition1 ,april1 #aiag ,fifth ,edition1 ,may1 #aiag ,sixth ,edition1 ,may1 #aiag ,seventh ,edition1 ,august1 #aiag ,eighth ,edition4 ,september1 #aiag ,ninth ,edition1 ,january1 #aiah ,tenth ,edition1 ,may1 #aiah ,,to ,,those ,,far-,,seeing ,,men ,,who ,,inaugurated ,,and ,,attended ,,the ,,first ,,federal ,,training ,,camp ,,this ,,text ,,is ,,respectfully ,,dedicated ,,foreword ,the ,plattsburg ,manual1 written by ,majors ,ellis and ,garey1 will prove very useful to men who are contemplating military training4 ,it will also be of great value to those who are undergoing training4 ,it is full of practical information presented in a simple and direct manner and gives in detail much data not easily found elsewhere4 ,it is a useful book1 easily understandable by those who have had little or no military experience4 ,it will be useful not only at training camps but it will be of very great value at schools and colleges where military instruction is being given4 ,the authors of this book have performed a valuable service1 one which will tend to facilitate and aid very much the development of military training in this country4 ,in addition to the purely mechanical details of training the book presents in a very effective and simple manner the tactical use of troops under various conditions4 ,in a word it is a useful and sound work and one which can be commended to those who contemplate a course in military training4 7,signed7 ,leonard ,wood1 ,major ,general ,u4 ,s4 ,a4 ,february #bg1 #aiag4 ,,preface ,this book is intended to serve as a foundation upon which the military beginner may build so that he may in time be able to study the technical service manuals intelligently4 ,it has been written as an elementary textbook for those who desire to become ,reserve ,officers1 for schools and colleges1 and for those who may be called to the colors4 ,the authors have commanded companies at ,plattsburg1 ,new ,york1 and1 noting the need of such a text1 compiled their observations while there4 ,the average man undergoing military training wants to know as much as possible about the art and science of war4 ,he wants to acquire a good knowledge of the principles involved4 ,he is interested in the technique of movements4 ,he is willing to work for these things1 but he often becomes lost in confusion when he attempts to study the technical service manuals4 ,he does not know how to select the most important and omit the less important4 ,the authors have selected from the standard texts some of the vitally important subjects and principles and have presented them to the civilian in a simple and plain way4 ,the first part of the text is for the beginner4 ,it tells him how to prepare physically for strenuous military work4 ,after assisting him through the elementary part of his instruction1 it presents for his consideration and study the ,officers' ,reserve ,corps4 ,the second part1 or supplement1 is a more technical discussion of those subjects introduced in the first4 ,it is intended principally for those who have made excellent progress4 ,,contents ,i ,general ,advice #c ,,ii ,physical ,exercise #ba ,,iii ,school of the ,soldier #bh ,,iv ,school of the ,squad #fc ,v ,school of the ,company #hf ,,vi ,fire ,superiority #acj ,,vii ,the ,service of ,security #acf ,,viii ,attack and ,defense #add ,,ix ,general ,principles of ,target ,practice #aec ,x ,practice ,march or ,hike #aei ,,xi ,officers' ,reserve ,corps #afi ,,supplement ,i ,the ,theory of ,security #bba ,,ii ,attack and ,defense #bdb ,,iii ,patrolling #bed ,,iv ,target ,practice #bfj ,v ,tent ,pitching #bib ,,vi ,signals and ,codes #big ,,vii ,first ,aid to the ,injured #cji ,appendixes #cba ,index #cca ,,the ,,plattsburg ,,manual ,,chapter ,i ,,general ,,advice ,the ,united ,states is divided geographically into military departments with a general officer commanding each department4 ,the departments and their headquarters are as follows3 7#a7 ,the ,northeastern ,department1 with headquarters at ,boston1 ,massachusetts4 7#b7 ,the ,eastern ,department1 with headquarters at ,governors ,island1 ,new ,york4 7#c7 ,the ,southeastern ,department1 with ,headquarters at ,charleston1 ,south ,carolina4 7#d7 ,the ,central ,department1 with ,headquarters at ,chicago1 ,illinois4 7#e7 ,the ,southern ,department1 with ,headquarters at ,fort ,sam ,houston1 ,texas4 7#f7 ,the ,western ,department1 with ,headquarters at ,san ,francisco1 ,california4 ,overseas 7#g7 ,the ,philippine ,department1 with ,headquarters at ,departments ,manila4 7#h7 ,the ,hawaiian ,department1 ,departments with ,headquarters at ,honolulu1 ,hawaii4 7,for ,states comprising each department1 see ,appendix7 ,if you are a civilian and desire any information in regard to the army1 any training camps1 the officers' reserve corps1 or any military legislation or orders affecting you1 write to the ,commanding ,general of the ,department in which you live4 ,address your letter to him at his headquarters4 ,,mail ,mail is most often delayed because there is not sufficient information for the ,postmaster on the envelope4 ,the delivery of your mail will be delayed unless your letters are sent to the company and the regiment to which you belong4 ,therefore1 prepare1 before you reach camp1 several stamped postal cards1 addressed to your family and business associates1 containing directions to address all communications to you care of ,company----1 ,regiment----4 ,as soon as you are assigned to a company and regiment1 fill in these data and mail these postal cards at once4 ,this should be done by wire in case important mail is expected during the first week of camp4 ,mail is delivered to each company as soon as a complete roll of the organizations can be made out and sent to the post-office4 ,,inoculations ,,and ,,vaccination ,as soon as you become a member of the army1 whether as a private or as an officer1 you will receive the typhoid prophylaxis inoculation and be vaccinated against smallpox4 ,,what ,,to ,,bring #a4 ,travel light4 ,bring only the bare necessities of life with you4 ,don't bring a trunk4 ,enlisted men 7not officers7 will be supplied with all necessary uniforms and underwear4 ,this includes shoes4 #b4 ,bring a pair of sneakers1 or slippers4 ,they will add greatly to your comfort after a long march or hard day's work4 ,a complete bathing suit often comes in handy4 #c4 ,report in uniform if you have one4 #d4 ,the ,government will provide you with the necessary shoes4 ,however1 if you can afford it1 buy before you report for duty1 a pair of regulation tan shoes1 larger than you ordinarily wear1 and break them in well before arrival4 ,rubber heels are recommended4 #e4 ,bring your toilet articles 7comb1 brush1 mirror shaving equipment1 etc471 and a good supply of handkerchiefs1 and towels4 ,,what ,,to ,,do ,,on ,,your ,,arrival ,there is a general rule of procedure to follow in reporting for duty at any post or training camp4 #a4 ,if you receive an order directing you to report for duty at a camp or post at a certain specified time1 read it carefully1 put it in a secure place1 and1 on the day that you are to report for duty at the camp or post1 present yourself in uniform1 if you have one1 with your order4 ,be careful not to lose your order or leave it at home4 ,have it in your pocket book4 #b4 ,upon being assigned to a company1 unless you receive orders to the contrary1 report at once with your baggage to your company commander 7captain71 whom you can easily find when you reach your barracks or company street4 ,if you cannot locate your company commander1 report to the first sergeant4 #c4 ,it is a custom of the service to have an experienced soldier explain to a new man exactly where he is to go and what he is to do4 ,feel no embarrassment at being ignorant of your new duties and surroundings4 ,the ,government does not expect anything of you except eagerness to learn and willingness to obey4 #d4 ,after reporting to your company commander or first sergeant1 you will have a bed assigned to you and you will be issued the property and uniforms necessary to your comfort and duties4 ,check your property carefully as it is issued to you4 ,you will have to sign for all of it4 ,look after your property at all times4 #e4 ,after checking your property1 make up your bed and arrange neatly your personal and issued property on or under your bed or cot4 #f4 ,spend all your spare time cleaning your rifle and bayonet until they satisfy your company commander4 ,then keep them clean4 #g4 ,don't leave the company street or barracks on the first day1 except with the permission of your company commander4 ,don't ask for this permission unless you have a valid reason4 ,,rules ,,of ,,conduct ,,for ,,camp ,,life ,the first few days will be easy and profitable if you will read carefully and adhere to the following plan of procedure3 #a4 ,get up at the first note of reveille and get quickly into proper uniform4 #b4 ,get within two or three feet of your place in ranks and await the sounding of assembly for reveille and then step into ranks4 #c4 ,stand at attention after the first sergeant commands ,fall ,in4 ,remember that this command is equivalent to ,company1 ,attention4 #d4 ,after reveille1 make up your bed1 arrange neatly your equipment1 and clean up the ground under and around your cot4 ,the company commander will require the beds made up and the equipment arranged in a prescribed way4 #e4 ,wash for breakfast4 #f4 ,upon returning from breakfast1 go at once to the toilet4 ,next1 prepare the equipment prescribed to be worn to drill4 ,this is especially important when the full pack is prescribed4 ,assist your tent mates in policing the ground in and around your tent4 #g4 ,if you need medical attention give your name to the first sergeant at reveille and report to him at his tent upon your return from breakfast4 ,don't wait until you are sick to report to the hospital1 but go as soon as you feel in the least unwell4 #h4 ,when the first call for drill is blown1 put on your equipment1 inspect your bed and property to see that everything is in order1 and then go to your place in ranks4 #i4 ,after the morning drill1 get ready for dinner4 ,get a little rest at this time if possible4 #aj4 ,after dinner a short rest is usually allowed before the afternoon drill4 ,take advantage of this opportunity2 get off your feet and rest4 ,be quiet so that your tent mates may rest4 #aa4 ,following the afternoon drill there is a short intermission before the ceremony of retreat4 ,during this time take a quick bath1 shave1 get into the proper uniform for retreat1 shine your shoes and brush your clothes and hat4 ,be the neatest man in the company4 #ab4 ,supper usually follows retreat4 #ac4 ,after supper1 you usually have some spare time until taps4 ,the ,y4 ,m4 ,c4 ,a4 generally provides a place supplied with ,bibles1 newspapers1 good magazines1 and writing material4 ,don't be ashamed to read the ,bible4 ,don't forget to write to the folks back home4 #ad4 ,be in bed with lights out at taps4 ,after taps and before reveille1 remain silent1 thus showing consideration for those who are sleeping or trying to sleep4 #ae4 ,consult the company bulletin board at least twice daily4 ,on this bulletin board is usually found the following information3 7a7 ,a list of calls4 7b7 ,the proper uniform for each formation4 7c7 ,schedule of drills4 7d7 ,special orders and instructions4 #af4 ,get all your orders from 7a7 the bulletin board1 7b7 the first sergeant1 7c7 the acting noncommissioned officers1 7d7 the company commander4 ,don't put much faith in rumors4 ,,advice ,,regarding ,,habits ,your life in camp in regard to food1 exercise1 hours of sleep1 surroundings1 and comforts1 will differ greatly from that you lead as a civilian4 ,you will submit your body to a sudden1 severe1 physical test4 ,in order to prepare your body for this change in manner of living and work1 we recommend that for a short time prior to your arrival in camp1 and thereafter1 you observe the following suggestions3 #a4 ,use no alcohol of any kind4 #b4 ,stop smoking1 or at least be temperate in the use of tobacco4 #c4 ,eat and drink moderately4 ,chew your food well4 ,it is advisable1 however1 to drink a great deal of cool 7not cold7 water between meals4 #d4 ,don't eat between meals4 #e4 ,accustom yourself to regular hours as to sleeping1 eating1 and the morning functions4 #f4 ,keep away from all soda fountains and soft drink stands4 #g4 ,for at least two weeks prior to your arrival at camp1 take regularly the exercises described in this book4 ,most men are troubled with their feet during the first week of each camp1 usually because they do not observe the following precautions3 #a4 ,if you have ever had trouble with the arches of your feet1 wear braces for them4 #b4 ,lace your shoe as tightly as comfort will permit4 #c4 ,wash the feet daily4 #d4 ,every morning shake a little talcum powder or ,foot ,ease in each shoe4 #e4 ,each morning put on a fresh pair of socks4 ,your socks should fit the feet so neatly that no wrinkles remain in them and yet not be so tight that they bind the foot4 ,do not wear a sock with a hole in it or one that has been darned4 #f4 ,some men cannot wear light wool socks with comfort4 ,do not wear silk or cotton socks until you have given light wool socks a fair trial4 #g4 ,in case of a blister1 treat it as directed in ,chapter ,x4 #h4 ,most of the foot troubles are caused by wearing shoes that do not fit properly4 ,if the shoe is too large it rubs blisters1 if too small it cramps the foot and causes severe pain4 ,marching several hours while carrying about thirty pounds of equipment causes each foot to expand at least one half a size in length and correspondingly in breadth2 hence the size of the shoe you wear in the office will be too small for training camp use4 ,if you have been living a sedentary life1 ask for a pair of shoes larger than you ordinarily wear4 #i4 ,in case the tendon in your heel becomes tender1 report at once to the hospital tent and get it strapped4 ,a ,,disciplined ,,soldier ,you will be expected to become quickly amenable both mentally and physically to discipline4 ,a clear conception on your part of what drills are disciplinary in character and what discipline really is1 will help you to become a disciplined soldier4 ,drills executed at attention are disciplinary exercises and are designed to teach precise and soldierly movements and to inculcate that prompt and subconscious obedience which is essential to proper military control4 ,hence1 all corrections should be given and received in an impersonal manner4 ,never forget that you lose your identity as an individual when you step into ranks2 you then become merely a unit of a mass4 ,as soon as you obey properly1 promptly1 and1 at times1 unconsciously1 the commands of your officers1 as soon as you can cheerfully give up pleasures and personal privileges that conflict with the new order of life to which you have submitted1 you will then have become a disciplined man4 ,,dress ,the uniform you will wear stands for ,duty1 ,honor1 and ,country4 ,you should not disgrace it by the way you wear it or by your conduct any more than you would trample the flag of the ,united ,states of ,america under foot4 ,you must constantly bear in mind that in our country a military organization is too often judged by the acts of a few of its members4 ,when one or two soldiers in uniform conduct themselves in an ungentlemanly or unmilitary manner to the disgrace of the uniform1 the layman shakes his head and condemns all men wearing that uniform4 ,hence1 show by the way in which you wear your uniform that you are proud of it2 this can be best accomplished by observing the following rules3 #a4 ,carry yourself at all times as though you were proud of yourself1 your uniform1 and your country4 #b4 ,wear your hat so that the brim is parallel to the ground4 #c4 ,have all buttons fastened4 #d4 ,never have sleeves rolled up4 #e4 ,never wear sleeve holders4 #f4 ,never leave shirt or coat unbuttoned at the throat4 #g4 ,have leggins and trousers properly laced4 #h4 ,keep shoes shined4 #i4 ,always be clean shaved4 #aj4 ,keep head up and shoulders square4 #aa4 ,camp life has a tendency to make one careless as to personal cleanliness4 ,bear this in mind4 ,,saluting ,the military salute is universal4 ,it is at foundation but a courteous recognition between two individuals of their common fellowship in the same honorable profession1 the profession of arms4 ,regulations require that it be rendered by both the senior and the junior1 as bare courtesy requires between gentlemen in civil life4 ,it is the military equivalent of the laymen's expressions ,good ,morning1 or ,how do you do8 ,therefore be punctilious about saluting2 be proud of the manner in which you execute your salute1 and make it indicative of discipline and good breeding4 ,always look at the officer you are saluting4 ,the junior salutes first4 ,it is very unmilitary to salute with the left hand in a pocket1 or with a cigarette1 cigar1 or pipe in the mouth4 ,observe the following general rules3 #a4 ,never salute an officer when you are in ranks4 #b4 ,indoors 7in your tent7 unarmed1 do not salute but stand at attention1 uncovered1 on the entrance of an officer4 ,if he speaks to you1 then salute4 #c4 ,indoors1 armed1 render the prescribed salute1 i4e41 the rifle salute at order arms or at trail4 #d4 ,outdoors1 armed1 render the prescribed salute1 i4e41 the rifle salute at right shoulder arms4 #e4 ,outdoors1 unarmed1 or armed with side arms1 salute with the right hand4 ,,army ,,slang ,the following army slang is universally employed3 ,bunkie--the soldier who shares the shelter half or tent of a comrade in the field4 ,a bunkie looks after his comrade's property in the event the latter is absent4 ,doughboy--the infantryman4 ,french leave--unauthorized absence4 ,holy ,joe--the chaplain4 ,k4,o4--the commanding officer4 ,on the carpet--a call before the commanding officer for admonition4 ,q4,m4--quartermaster4 ,rookie--a new recruit4 ,sand rat--a soldier on duty in the rifle pit during target practice4 ,top sergeant--the first sergeant4 ,come and get it--the meal is ready to be served4 ,,how ,,to ,,clean ,a ,,rifle ,,and ,,bayonet ,get a rag and rub the heavy grease off2 then get a soft pine stick1 pointed at one end1 and with this point remove the grease from the cracks1 crevices and corners4 ,clean the bore from the breech4 ,when the heavy grease has been removed1 the metal part of the gun1 bore included1 should be covered with a light coating of #c-;in-#a oil4 ,heavy grease can be removed from the rifle by rubbing it with a rag which has been saturated with gasoline or coal oil4 ,,friends ,there are a few men in all companies who play1 loaf1 and who are constantly in trouble4 ,as the good men in each company will not become friendly with them1 they seek their acquaintances among the new men on whom they have a baneful influence4 ,we wish to warn you about making friends too quickly4 ,,final ,,suggestions ,don't be profane or tell questionable stories to your bunkies or around the company4 ,there is a much greater number of silent and unprotesting men in camp than is generally supposed1 to whom this is offensive4 ,keep everything on a high plane4 ,,chapter ,,ii#a ,read this chapter as soon as you decide to attend a ,camp4 ,,physical ,,exercise ,the greatest problem you will have to solve will be that of making your body do the work required4 ,every one else will be doing exactly what you are doing1 and you have too much pride to want to take even a shorter step than the man by your side4 ,some men have to leave the training camps because they are not in the proper physical condition to go on with the work4 ,if this chapter is taken as seriously as it should be1 it will be of great help to you4 ,if you have not a pair of sensible marching shoes 7tan1 high-tops1 no hooks on them7 get a pair4 ,these shoes should be considerably larger than a pair of office shoes4 ,walk to and from your business4 ,take every opportunity to get out in the country where the air is pure4 ,fill your lungs full4 ,get into the habit of taking deep breaths now and then4 ,don't make this a task1 but surround it with pleasantries4 ,get some delightful companion to walk with you4 ,walk vigorously4 ,let down on your smoking4 ,better to leave it alone for a while4 ,you will enjoy the air4 ,deep breathing seems to be more natural4 ,make it a work for your country4 ,view it in that light4 ,if you are not going to be called upon to undergo the cruel hardships and physical strain of some campaigns1 your son will be1 and you can be of great help to him by being fit yourself4 ,you and your sons will form the backbone of ,america's strength in her next peril4 ,you will have a great deal of walking after you arrive in camp1 possibly a great deal more than you have ever had1 and probably a great deal more than you expect1 even with this word of warning4 ,if you have failed to provide yourself with proper shoes and socks1 great will be the price of your lack of forethought4 ,you will wince at your own blisters4 ,you will get no sympathy from any one else4 ,it is the spirit of the camp for each man to bear his own burdens4 ,so arrive at camp with hardened legs and broken in shoes4 ,don't buy shoes with pointed or narrow toes4 ,they should be broad and airy4 ,immediately after you arise in the morning and just before you retire at night1 go through the following exercises for two or three minutes4 ,in a short time you may want to make it more4 ,no objection4 ,give it a fair trial4 ,be brisk and energetic4 ,forget1 for the time being1 what you are going to get out of it4 ,give and then give more4 ,the result will take care of itself4 #ast ,exercise ,involving practically every important muscle in the body4 ,illustration3 ,no4 #a ,no4 #b ,from first position spring to second position2 instantly return to first position and continue4 ,be light on your feet4 ,alight on your toes4 ,begin with a limited number of times4 ,day by day increase it a little until you reach a fair number4 ,be most moderate at first4 ,never allow yourself in any exercise to become greatly fatigued4 #b;d ,exercise ,to reduce waist1 strengthen back muscles1 and become limber4 ,illustration3 ,no4 #a ,no4 #b ,assume position ,no4 #a4 ,swing to position 7,no4 #b71 return at once to ,no4 #a1 and continue4 ,shoot your head and arms as far through your legs as your conformation permits4 #crd ,exercise ,to harden leg muscles and exercise joints4 ,illustration3 ,no4 #a ,no4 #b ,from position ,no4 #a come to position ,no4 #b4 ,return at once to ,no4 #a and continue4 ,toes turned well out4 ,body and head erect4 ,up with a slight spring4 ,after a little practice1 you will have no difficulty with this exercise in balancing yourself4 #dth ,exercise ,to exercise arms and shoulders and organs of chest and shoulder muscles4 ,illustration3 ,no4 #a ,from position ,no4 #a thrust arms forward to position ,no4 #b1 and return at once to position ,no4 #a4 ,illustration3 ,no4 #b ,vary by thrusting arms downward1 sideward and upward4 ,be moderate at first4 ,grow more vigorous with practice4 #eth ,exercise ,illustration3 ,no4 #a ,to strengthen ankles and insteps4 ,from position ,no4 #a rise on the toes to position ,no4 #b1 return at once to position ,no4 #a1 and continue4 ,go up on your toes as high as you can4 ,illustration3 ,no4 #b ,,chapter ,,iii ,,school ,,of ,,the ,,soldier ,based on the ,infantry ,drill ,regulations ,success in battle is the ultimate object of all military training2 hence the excellence of an organization is judged by its field efficiency4 ,your instruction will be progressive in character1 and will have as its ultimate purpose the creation of a company measuring up to a high standard of field efficiency4 ,the ,preparatory ,command1 such as ,forward1 indicates the movement that is to be executed4 ,the ,command of ,execution1 such as ,,march1 ,,halt1 or ,,arms1 commences the execution of the movement4 ,preparatory ,commands are distinguished by bold face1 those of execution by capitals4 ,as1 #a4 ,forward1 #b4 ,,march4 ,the average man understands better and learns faster when you show him how a thing is done4 ,don't be content with telling him how4 ,bear this in mind when you become an instructor4 ,on account of the absence of the ,regular ,army on the border1 it was not practical to obtain photographs of regular troops with which to illustrate this book4 ,the photographs used were taken under the direct supervision of the authors4 ,,position ,,of ,a ,,soldier ,,at ,,attention ,illustration3 ,no4 #a ,no4 #b ,,correct ,,position ,no4 #a4 ,eyes to the front4 ,hands hang naturally4 ,rest weight of the body equally on feet4 ,feet turned out making angles of #de deg44 ,no4 #b4 ,head erect4 ,shoulders down and back4 ,chest out4 ,stomach up4 ,thumb along the seams of trousers4 ,knees straight1 not stiff4 ,heels on line and together4 ,do not stiffen the fingers3 ,the mind ought also to be at attention4 ,illustration3 ,no4 #a ,no4 #b ,,incorrect ,,positions ,no4 #a4 ,don't gaze about4 ,that's not playing the game4 ,don't turn your feet out making an angle of #ajj deg44 ,no4 #b4 ,don't slouch4 ,hold yourself up4 ,keep your eyes off the ground4 ,these are the common errors of beginners4 #a4 ,parade1 #b4 ,,rest4 ,illustration3 ,no4 #a ,no4 #b ,,correct ,,position ,no4 #a4 ,clasp hands without constraint in front of center of body4 ,left hand uppermost4 ,fingers joined4 ,thumb and fore finger right hand clasps the left thumb4 ,no4 #b4 ,bend left knee slightly4 ,right foot is carried #f inches straight to the rear4 ,illustration3 ,no4 #a ,no4 #b ,,incorrect ,,positions ,no4 #a4 ,not looking straight to the front4 ,right foot not carried straight to the rear4 ,no4 #b4 ,leaning back too far4 ,right foot carried back too far4 #a4 ,hand1 #b4 ,,salute4 ,illustration3 ,no4 #a ,no4 #b ,,correct ,,position ,no4 #a4 ,look toward the person saluted4 ,no4 #b4 ,tip of forefinger right hand touches cap or hat above right eye4 ,thumb and forefingers extended and joined4 ,hand and wrist straight4 ,palm to the left4 ,illustration3 ,no4 #a ,no4 #b ,no4 #c ,,incorrect ,,positions ,,or ,,common ,,errors ,no4 #a4 ,palm of the hand to the front and fingers not joined4 ,no4 #b4 ,arm held too high4 ,fingers not perfectly joined4 ,no4 #c4 ,fingers not extended and joined4 ,left hand not by side while salute is being made4 ,some beginners forget1 while saluting1 to remove their pipes1 cigarettes1 or cigars from their mouths4 ,this proves clearly that they are beginners1 for trained and experienced men are careful about military honors and salutes4 ,,the ,,rests ,being at a halt1 the commands are3 ,,fall ,,out2 ,,rest2 ,,at ,,ease2 and #a4 ,parade1 #b4 ,,rest4 ,at the command fall out1 the men may leave the ranks1 but are required to remain in the immediate vicinity4 ,they resume their former places1 at attention1 at the command fall in4 ,at the command rest1 each man keeps one foot in place1 but is not required to preserve silence or immobility4 ,at the command at ease1 each man keeps one foot in place and is required to preserve silence1 but not immobility4 #a4 ,parade1 #b4 ,,rest4 ,previously explained4 ,to resume the attention3 #a4 ,squad1 #b4 ,,attention4 ,the men take the position of the soldier4 ,,eyes ,,right ,,or ,,left #a4 ,eyes1 #b4 ,,right 7,,left71 #c4 ,,front4 ,illustration ,at the command right1 turn the head to the right oblique1 eyes fixed on the line of eyes of the men in1 or supposed to be in1 the same rank4 ,at the command front1 turn the head and eyes to the front4 ,notice the right file does not turn the eyes to the right4 ,,facings ,to the flank3 #a4 ,right 7left71 #b4 ,,face4 ,illustration ,raise slightly the left heel and right toe2 face to the right1 turning on the right heel1 assisted by a slight pressure on the ball of the left foot2 place the left foot by the side of the right4 ,left face is executed on the left heel in the corresponding manner4 ,right 7left7 ,half ,face is executed similarly1 facing #de deg44 ,to the rear3 #a4 ,about1 #b4 ,,face4 ,carry the toe of the right foot about a half foot-length to the rear and slightly to the left of the left heel without changing the position of the left foot2 face to the rear1 turning to the right on the left heel and right toe2 place the right heel by the side of the left4 ,there is no left about face4 ,,steps ,,and ,,marchings ,all steps and marchings executed from a halt1 except right step1 begin with the left foot4 ,the length of the full step in quick time is #cj inches1 measured from heel to heel1 and the cadence is at the rate of #abj steps per minute4 ,the length of the full step in double time is #cf inches2 the cadence is at the rate of #ahj steps per minute4 ,the instructor1 when necessary1 indicates the cadence of the step by calling one1 two1 three1 four1 or left1 right1 the instant the left and right foot1 respectively1 should be planted4 ,all steps and marchings and movements involving march are executed in quick time unless the squad be marching in double time1 or double time be added to the command2 in the latter case double time is added to the preparatory command4 ,example3 #a4 ,squad right1 double time1 #b4 ,,march 7,school of the ,squad74 ,,quick ,,time ,being at a halt1 to march forward in quick time3 #a4 ,forward1 #b4 ,,march4 ,at the command forward1 shift the weight of the body to the right leg1 left knee straight4 ,at the command march1 move the left foot smartly straight forward #cj inches from the right1 sole near the ground1 and plant it without shock2 next1 in like manner1 advance the right foot and plant it as above2 continue the march4 ,the arms swing naturally4 ,being at a halt1 or in march in quick time1 to march in double time3 #a4 ,double time1 #b4 ,,march4 ,if at a halt1 at the first command shift the weight of the body to the right leg4 ,at the command march1 raise the forearms1 fingers closed1 to a horizontal position along the waist line2 take up an easy run with the step and cadence of double time1 allowing a natural swinging motion to the arms4 ,if marching in quick time1 at the command march1 given as either foot strikes the ground1 take one step in quick time1 and then step off in double time4 ,to resume the quick time3 #a4 ,quick time1 #b4 ,,march4 ,at the command march1 given as either foot strikes the ground1 advance and plant the other foot in double time2 resume the quick time1 dropping the hands by the sides4 ,,to ,,mark ,,time ,being in march3 #a4 ,mark time1 #b4 ,,march4 ,at the command march1 given as either foot strikes the ground1 advance and plant the other foot2 bring up the foot in rear and continue the cadence by alternately raising each foot about #b inches and planting it on line with the other4 ,being at a halt1 at the command march1 raise and plant the feet as prescribed above4 ,common errors are to raise the feet several inches and to run up the cadence1 i4e41 go too fast4 #a4 ,half step1 #b4 ,,march4 ,take steps of #ae inches in quick time1 #ah inches in double time4 ,forward1 half step1 halt1 and mark time may be executed one from the other in quick or double time4 ,any step less than the full step 7i4e41 half step1 right step1 or backward7 is apt to be too fast1 i4e41 greater than #abj steps a minute4 ,to resume the full step from half step or mark time3 #a4 ,forward1 #b4 ,,march4 ,,side ,,step ,being at a halt or mark time3 #a4 ,right 7left7 step1 #b4 ,,march4 ,carry and plant the right foot #ae inches to the right2 bring the left foot beside it and continue the movement in the cadence of quick time4 ,the side step is used for short distances only and is not executed in double time4 ,if at order arms1 the side step is executed at trail without command4 ,,back ,,step ,being at a halt or mark time3 #a4 ,backward1 #b4 ,,march4 ,take steps of #ae inches straight to the rear4 ,the back step is used for short distances only and is not executed in double time4 ,if at order arms1 the back step is executed at trail without command4 ,,to ,,halt ,to arrest the march in quick or double time3 #a4 ,squad1 #b4 ,,halt4 ,at the command halt1 given as either foot strikes the ground1 plant the other foot as in marching2 raise and place the first foot by the side of the other4 ,if in double time1 drop the hands by the sides4 ,,to ,,march ,,by ,,the ,,flank ,being in march3 #a4 ,by the right 7left7 flank1 #b4 ,,march4 ,illustration3 ,no4 #a ,no4 #b ,the command march must be given when the right foot is on the ground as shown in ,no4 #a4 ,then advance and plant the left foot and turn on the toes to right as shown in ,no4 #b1 and step off with the right foot4 ,,to ,,march ,,to ,,the ,,rear ,being in march3 #a4 ,to the rear1 #b4 ,,march4 ,illustration3 ,no4 #a ,no4 #b ,at the command march1 given as the right foot strikes the ground1 advance and plant the left foot2 turn to the right about on the balls of both feet and immediately step off with the left foot4 ,the turn is made on the toes as shown4 ,the command march must be given when the right foot is on the ground4 ,the left foot is then advanced to the position shown4 ,if marching in double time1 turn to the right about1 taking four steps in place1 keeping the cadence1 and then step off with the left foot4 ,,change ,,step ,being in march2 #a4 ,change step1 #b4 ,,march4 ,at the command march1 given as the right foot strikes the ground1 advance and plant the left foot2 plant the toe of the right foot near the heel of the left and step off with the left foot4 ,the change on the right foot is similarly executed1 the command march being given as the left foot strikes the ground4 ,,manual ,,of ,,arms ,to acquire proficiency in the ,manual of ,arms1 you should practice1 practice1 and practice4 ,position of order arms standing1 i4e41 the position of attention under arms4 ,illustration3 ,no4 #a ,no4 #b ,,correct ,,position ,no4 #a4 ,arm and hands hang naturally4 ,right hand holding piece between thumb and fingers4 ,butt rests evenly on ground4 ,barrel to the rear4 ,no4 #b4 ,toe of the butt on a line with toe of and touching the right shoe4 ,to execute the movements in detail1 the instructor first cautions3 ,by the ,numbers2 all movements divided into motions1 are then executed singly4 ,that is to say1 make one motion and then wait until a further command for another4 ,this is for the purpose of correcting erroneous positions and giving detailed instructions4 ,we are explaining the manual by the numbers4 ,illustration3 ,,first ,,position ,,of ,,present ,,arms ,,from ,,order ,,arms ,being at order arms3 #a4 ,present1 #b4 ,,arms4 ,it takes two counts4 ,at command arms1 with the right hand carry the piece in front of the center of the body4 ,barrel to the rear and vertical4 ,grasp it with left hand at the balance4 ,left forearm is horizontal and rests against body4 ,the balance of the piece is approximately the position of the rear sight4 ,illustration3 ,,correct ,,position ,,of ,,present ,,arms ,at command two1 grasp the small of the stock with the right hand4 ,illustration3 ,no4 #a ,no4 #b ,no4 #c ,,incorrect ,,position ,,of ,,present ,,arms ,these are the common errors made by beginners4 ,no4 #a4 ,thumb along barrel4 ,no4 #b4 ,piece held too low4 ,the front sight will be a little above the eyes when the left fore arm is horizontal4 ,no4 #c4 ,piece not vertical2 too close to body4 ,being at order arms3 #a4 ,port1 #b4 ,,arms4 ,it takes one count4 ,illustration3 ,,correct ,,position ,,of ,,port ,,arms ,at the command ,,arms1 with the right hand raise and throw the piece diagonally across the body1 grasp it smartly with both hands2 the right2 palm down1 at the small of stock2 the left1 palm up1 at the balance2 barrel up1 sloping to the left and crossing opposite the junction of the neck with the left shoulder2 right forearm horizontal2 left forearm resting against the body4 ,the rifle is held in a vertical plane parallel to the front4 ,in executing this movement1 it is a common error with beginners to raise the piece as though it weighed much more than it does4 ,no part of the body should move except the arms1 in coming to port arms from order arms4 ,illustration3 ,no4 #a ,no4 #b ,no4 #c ,,incorrect ,,positions ,,of ,,port ,,arms ,no4 #a4 ,arms held away from side4 ,no4 #b4 ,piece held too low and too close to body4 ,no4 #c4 ,piece held too high and not in a vertical plane parallel to the body4 ,being at present arms3 #a4 ,port1 #b4 ,,arms4 ,it is executed in one count4 ,at the command arms1 carry the piece diagonally across the body and take the position of port arms4 ,being at port arms3 #a4 ,present1 #b4 ,,arms4 ,it is executed in one count4 ,at the command arms1 carry the piece to a vertical position in front of the center of the body and take the position of present arms4 ,being at present or port arms3 #a4 ,order1 #b4 ,,arms4 ,it is executed in two counts4 ,illustration3 ,,next ,,to ,,the ,,last ,,position ,,of ,,order ,,arms ,at the command arms1 let go with the right hand2 lower and carry the piece to the right with the left hand2 regrasp it with the right hand just above the lower band2 let go with the left hand and take the position shown here1 which is the next to the last position in coming to the order4 ,the left hand should be above and near the right1 steadying the gun1 fingers extended and joined1 forearm and wrist straight and inclined downward4 ,barrel to the rear4 ,all the fingers of the right hand grasp the gun4 ,butt about #c inches from the ground4 ,being in the above position1 at the command ,two1 lower the piece gently to the ground with the right hand1 drop the left hand quickly by the side1 and take the position of order arms4 ,the common errors are to slam the gun down on the ground and to drop the left hand by the side in a slow and indifferent manner4 ,illustration3 ,no4 #a ,no4 #b ,no4 #c ,,incorrect ,,positions ,common errors in the next to the last positions of order arms4 ,no4 #a4 ,thumb is up4 ,gun too far from the ground4 ,no4 #b4 ,gun too near to ground4 ,thumb is up4 ,butt of gun too far to the right4 ,no4 #c4 ,gun held too high and too far away from body4 ,being at order arms3 #a4 ,right shoulder1 #b4 ,,arms4 ,it is executed in three counts4 ,at the command arms1 with the right hand raise and throw the piece diagonally across the body2 carry the right hand quickly to the butt1 and at the same time grasp the heel between the first two fingers as shown4 ,note the position of the first two fingers of right hand4 ,illustration3 ,,the ,,first ,,position ,,of ,,right ,,shoulder ,,arms ,,from ,,the ,,order ,at the command two1 without changing the grasp of the right hand1 place the piece on the right shoulder1 right elbow near the side1 the piece in a vertical plane perpendicular to the front2 carry the left hand1 thumb and fingers extended and joined1 to the small of the stock1 wrist straight and elbow down4 ,barrel up1 and inclined at an angle of about #de deg4 from the horizontal4 ,trigger guard in the hollow of the shoulder1 tip of forefinger touching the cocking piece4 ,right fore arm horizontal4 ,illustration3 ,,next ,,to ,,the ,,last ,,position ,,of ,,right ,,shoulder ,,arms ,illustration3 ,no4 #a ,no4 #b ,no4 #c ,,common ,,errors ,,in ,,the ,,next ,,to ,,the ,,last ,,position ,,of ,,right ,,shoulder ,,arms ,no4 #a4 ,right arms not by side4 ,left arm too high4 ,remember that the left arm rests on the chest4 ,this is very commonly confused with the rifle salute4 ,no4 #b4 ,thumb is up4 ,butt of rifle carried to the right4 ,no4 #c4 ,trigger guard not against shoulder4 ,butt held too low4 ,hand not straight4 ,illustration3 ,,correct ,,position ,,of ,,right ,,shoulder ,,arms ,at the command three1 drop the left hand by the side4 ,illustration3 ,no4 #a ,no4 #b ,no4 #c ,,incorrect ,,position ,,of ,,right ,,shoulder ,,arms ,no4 #a4 ,right arm not by side4 ,right forearm not horizontal4 ,no4 #b4 ,heel of gun too far to left4 ,no4 #c4 ,trigger guard not against shoulder4 ,butt held too low4 ,being at right shoulder ,arms3 #a4 ,order1 #b4 ,,arms4 ,it is executed in #c counts4 ,press the butt down quickly and throw the gun diagonally across the body1 to the position shown here4 ,at the command two1 lower the gun and assume the next to the last position of order arms4 ,at the command three1 come to the order arms4 ,the common errors in this movement are to move the head to the left and to throw the gun too far to the front4 ,illustration ,being at port arms3 #a4 ,right shoulder1 #b4 ,,arms4 ,it is executed in three counts4 ,at the command arms1 change the right hand to the butt4 ,at the command two and three1 come to the right shoulder as from order arms4 ,being at right shoulder arms3 #a4 ,port1 #b4 ,,arms4 ,it is executed in two counts4 ,at the command arms1 press the butt down quickly and throw the piece to the diagonal position across the body with the left hand grasping it at the balance2 the right hand retaining its grasp of the butt4 ,at the command two1 change the right hand to the small of the stock4 ,being at right shoulder arms3 #a4 ,present1 #b4 ,,arms4 ,it is executed in three counts4 ,at the command arms1 execute port arms4 7,this requires two counts47 ,at the command three1 execute present arms4 ,being at present arms3 #a4 ,right shoulder1 #b4 ,,arms4 ,it is executed in four counts4 ,at the command arms1 execute port arms4 ,at the command two1 three1 four1 execute right shoulder arms as from port arms4 ,being at port arms3 #a4 ,left shoulder1 #b4 ,,arms4 ,it is executed in two counts4 ,illustration3 ,,the ,,next ,,to ,,the ,,last ,,position ,,of ,,the ,,left ,,shoulder ,,arms ,at the command ,,arms1 carry the piece with the right hand and place it on the left shoulder2 at the same time grasp the butt with the left hand1 heel between first and second fingers4 ,thumb and fingers of right hand closed on the stock4 ,barrel up1 trigger guard in the hollow of the shoulder4 ,illustration3 ,no4 #a ,no4 #b ,no4#c ,,common ,,errors ,,in ,,the ,,next ,,to ,,the ,,last ,,position ,,of ,,left ,,shoulder ,,arms ,no4 #a4 ,right arm too high4 ,butt too high4 ,no4 #b4 ,butt too close to center of body4 ,not grasping gun correctly with fingers of left hand4 ,no4 #c4 ,right arm too high4 ,butt too high4 ,at the command two1 drop the right hand by the side4 ,illustration3 ,,the ,,correct ,,position ,,of ,,left ,,shoulder ,,arms ,the incorrect positions are usually the same as are found in the right shoulder arms1 and as illustrated here4 ,illustration ,being at left shoulder arms3 #a4 ,port1 #b4 ,,arms4 ,it is executed in two counts4 ,at the command arms1 grasp the piece with the right hand at the small of the stock4 ,at the command two1 carry the piece1 with the right hand to the position of port arms1 regrasp it with the left4 ,left shoulder arms may be ordered from the order1 right shoulder or present1 or the reverse4 ,at the command arms1 execute port arms and continue to the position ordered4 ,being at order arms3 #a4 ,parade1 #b4 ,,rest4 ,it is executed in one count4 ,at the command rest1 carry muzzle in front of the center of the body1 barrel to the left4 ,grasp piece with the left hand just below the stacking swivel1 and with the right hand below and against the left4 ,left knee slightly bent4 ,carry the right foot #f inches straight to the rear4 ,illustration3 ,,correct ,,position ,,of ,,parade ,,rest ,being at parade rest3 #a4 ,squad1 #b4 ,,attention4 ,executed in one count4 ,at the command attention 7it is a custom of the service to execute the movement at the last syllable of the command71 resume the order1 the left hand quitting the piece opposite the right hip4 ,being at order arms3 #a4 ,trail1 #b4 ,,arms4 ,at the command arms1 raise the piece1 right arm slightly bent1 and incline the muzzle forward so that the barrel makes an angle of about #cj deg4 with the vertical4 ,when it can be done without danger or inconvenience to others1 the piece may be grasped at the balance and the muzzle lowered until the piece is horizontal2 a similar position in the left hand may be used4 ,illustration3 ,,correct ,,position ,,of ,,trail ,,arms ,being at trail arms3 #a4 ,order1 #b4 ,,arms4 ,at the command arms1 lower the gun with the right hand and resume the order4 ,being at right shoulder arms3 #a4 ,rifle1 #b4 ,,salute4 ,it is executed in two counts4 ,at the command salute1 carry the left hand smartly to the small of the stock1 forearm horizontal1 palm of hand down1 thumb and fingers joined1 forefinger touching end of cocking piece4 ,look toward the person saluted4 ,at the command two1 drop the hand by the side2 turn the head and eyes to the front4 ,illustration3 ,,the ,,correct ,,position ,,of ,,rifle ,,salute1 ,,being ,,at ,,right ,,shoulder ,,arms4 ,illustration3 ,,common ,,errors ,,in ,,rifle ,,salute ,,at ,,right ,,shoulder ,,arms4 ,no4 #a4 ,left elbow too low4 ,forearm should be horizontal4 ,no4 #b4 ,left elbow too high4 ,fingers not extended and joined4 ,being at order or trail arms3 #a4 ,rifle1 #b4 ,,salute4 ,at the command salute1 carry the left hand smartly to the right side1 palm of the hand down1 thumb and fingers extended and joined1 forefinger against piece near the muzzle2 look toward the person saluted4 ,at the command two1 drop the left hand by the side2 turn the head and eyes to the front4 ,illustration3 ,,rifle ,,salute ,,being ,,at ,,order ,,arms ,illustration3 ,,common ,,errors ,,in ,,rifle ,,salute ,,at ,,order ,,or ,,trail ,,arms ,no4 #a4 ,fingers not extended and joined4 ,no4 #b4 ,fingers not joined4 ,gun held too high4 ,being at order arms3 #a4 ,fix1 #b4 ,,bayonet4 ,if the bayonet scabbard is carried on the belt3 execute parade rest2 grasp the bayonet with the right hand1 back of hand toward the body2 draw the bayonet from the scabbard and fix it on the barrel1 glancing at the muzzle2 resume the order4 ,if the bayonet is carried on the haversack3 draw the bayonet with the left hand and fix it in the most convenient manner4 ,being at order arms3 #a4 ,unfix1 #b4 ,,bayonet4 ,if the bayonet scabbard is carried on the belt3 ,execute parade rest2 grasp the handle of the bayonet firmly with the right hand1 pressing the spring with the forefinger of the right hand2 raise the bayonet until the handle is about #ab inches above the muzzle of the piece2 drop the point to the left1 back of the hand toward the body1 and1 glancing at the scabbard1 return the bayonet1 the blade passing between the left arm and the body2 regrasp the piece with the right hand and resume the order4 ,if the bayonet scabbard is carried on the haversack3 ,take the bayonet from the rifle with the left hand and return it to the scabbard in the most convenient manner4 ,if marching or laying down1 the bayonet is fixed and unfixed in the most expeditious and convenient manner and the piece returned to the original position4 ,fix and unfix bayonet are executed with promptness and regularity but not in cadence4 ,exercises for instruction in bayonet combat are prescribed in the ,manual for ,bayonet ,exercise4 ,being at order arms3 #a4 ,inspection1 #b4 ,,arms4 ,at the command arms1 take the position of port arms2 at the command two1 seize the bolt handle with the thumb and forefinger of the right hand1 turn the handle up1 draw the bolt back1 and glance at the chamber4 ,having found the chamber empty1 or having emptied it1 raise the head and eyes to the front4 ,keep your right hand on the bolt4 ,illustration3 ,,inspection ,,arms ,it is a very common error to change the position of the piece while drawing the bolt back4 ,guard against this4 ,being at inspection arms3 #a4 ,order 7or right shoulder1 or port71 #b4 ,,arms4 ,at the preparatory command 7i4e41 at the command order71 push the bolt forward1 turn the handle down1 pull the trigger1 and resume port arms4 ,at the command arms1 complete the movement ordered4 ,,to ,,dismiss ,,the ,,squad ,being at a halt3 #a4 ,inspection1 #b4 ,,arms1 #c4 ,port1 #d4 ,,arms1 #e4 ,,dismissed4 ,make a point of becoming sufficiently familiar with the different parts of the rifle to obey the following general rules governing the manual4 ,the following rules govern the carrying of the piece3 ,first4 the piece is not carried with cartridges in either the chamber or the magazine except when specifically ordered4 ,when so loaded1 or supposed to be loaded1 it is habitually carried locked2 that is1 with the safety lock turned to the safe4 ,at all other times it is carried unlocked with the trigger pulled4 ,second4 ,whenever troops are formed under arms1 pieces are immediately inspected at the commands3 #a4 ,inspection1 #b4 ,,arms1 #c4 ,order 7right shoulder1 port71 #d4 ,,arms4 ,a similar inspection is made immediately before dismissal4 ,if cartridges are found in the chamber or magazine they are removed and placed in the belt4 ,third4 ,the cut-off is kept turned off except when cartridges are actually used4 ,fourth4 ,the bayonet is not fixed except in bayonet exercise1 on guard1 or for combat4 ,fifth4 ,fall in is executed with the piece at the order arms4 ,fall out1 rest1 and at ease are executed as without arms4 ,on resuming attention the position of order arms is taken4 ,sixth4 ,if at the order1 unless otherwise prescribed1 the piece is brought to the right shoulder at the command march1 the three motions corresponding with the first three steps4 ,movements may be executed at the trail by prefacing the preparatory command with the words at trail2 as1 #a4 ,at trail1 forward1 #b4 ,,march2 the trail is taken at the command march4 ,when the facings1 alignments1 open and close ranks1 taking interval or distance1 and assemblings are executed from the order1 raise the piece to the trail while in motion and resume the order on halting4 ,seventh4 ,the piece is brought to the order on halting4 ,the execution of the order begins when the halt is completed4 ,eighth4 ,a disengaged hand in double time is held as when without arms4 ,the following rules govern the execution of the manual of arms3 ,first4 ,in all positions of the left hand at the balance 7center of gravity1 bayonet unfixed7 the thumb clasps the piece2 the sling is included in the grasp of the hand4 ,second4 ,in all positions of the piece1 diagonally across the body the position of the piece1 left arm and hand are the same as in port arms4 ,third4 ,in resuming the order from any position in the manual1 the motion next to the last concludes with the butt of the piece about #c inches from the ground1 barrel to the rear1 the left hand above and near the right1 steadying the piece1 fingers extended and joined1 forearm and wrist straight and inclining downward1 all fingers of the right hand grasping the piece4 ,to complete the order1 lower the piece gently to the ground with the right hand1 drop the left quickly by the side1 and take the position of order arms4 ,allowing the piece to drop through the right hand to the ground1 or other similar abuse of the rifle to produce effect in executing the manual1 is prohibited4 ,fourth4 ,the cadence of the motions is that of quick time2 the recruits are first required to give their whole attention to the details of the motions1 the cadence being gradually acquired as they become accustomed to handling their pieces4 ,the instructor may require them to count aloud in cadence with the motions4 ,fifth4 ,the manual is taught at a halt and the movements are1 for the purpose of instruction1 divided into motions and executed in detail2 in this case the command of execution determines the prompt execution of the first motion1 and the commands1 two1 three1 four1 that of the other motions4 ,to execute the movements in detail1 the instructor first cautions3 ,by the numbers2 all movements divided into motions are then executed as above explained until he cautions3 ,without the numbers2 or commands movements other than those in the manual of arms4 ,sixth4 ,whenever circumstances require1 the regular positions of the manual of arms and the firings may be ordered without regard to the previous position of the piece4 ,under exceptional conditions of weather or fatigue the rifle may be carried in any manner directed4 ,,chapter ,,iv ,,school ,,of ,,the ,,squad ,based on the ,infantry ,drill ,regulations ,,close ,,order ,,drills ,for several days after reporting you will undergo many hours of close order drill4 ,you will ask yourself1 ,why is all this mental and physical strain necessary when these exercises are not used in battle8 ,the answer is3 they are disciplinary exercises and are designed to inculcate that prompt and subconscious obedience which is essential to proper military control and to teach you precise and soldierly movements2 hence1 they are executed at attention4 ,,definitions ,deploy4 ,to extend the front4 ,a squad deploys when it goes ,as skirmishers4 ,a company likewise deploys when it goes from column into line4 ,file4 ,two men1 the front rank man and the corresponding man in the rear rank4 ,the front rank man is the file leader4 ,a file which has no rear rank man is a blank file4 ,interval4 ,space between elements of the same line4 ,the interval between men in ranks is #d inches and is measured from elbow to elbow4 ,it is to get this interval that each man is required to raise his arm when the company is formed4 ,distance4 ,space between elements in the direction of depth4 ,it is measured from the back of the man in front to the breast of the man in rear4 ,the rear rank when in line or column is #dj inches from the front rank4 ,the guide of a squad in line is right unless otherwise announced4 ,the guide of a squad deployed1 7i4e41 skirmishers7 is center unless otherwise announced4 ,,to ,,form ,,the ,,squad ,to form the squad the instructor places himself #c paces in front of where the center is to be and commands3 ,fall in4 ,the men assemble at attention1 pieces at the order1 and are arranged by the corporal in double rank1 as nearly as practicable in order of height from right to left1 each man dropping his left hand as soon as the man on his left has his interval4 ,the rear rank forms with distance of #dj inches4 ,the instructor then commands3 ,count off4 ,at this command all except the right file execute eyes right1 and beginning on the right1 the men in each rank count one1 two1 three1 four--one1 two1 three1 four2 each man turns his head and eyes to the front as he counts4 ,pieces are then inspected4 ,illustration ,the purpose of putting the left hand on the hip is to get enough elbow room4 ,a man should have sufficient space to operate his piece4 ,these four-inch intervals give it to him4 ,illustration ,note the space between elbows 7interval7 is #d inches4 ,the space between the front and rear rank 7distance7 is #dj inches1 and is measured from the back of the man in front to the breast of the man in the rear4 ,,alignments ,to align the squad1 the base file or files having been established3 #a4 ,right 7left71 #b4 ,,dress1 #c4 ,,front4 ,at the command dress1 all men place the left hand upon the hip 7whether dressing to the right or left72 each man1 except the base file1 when on or near the new lines executes eyes right1 and1 taking steps of #b or #c inches1 places himself so that his right arm rests lightly against the elbow of the man on his right 7vice versa in left dressing71 and so that his eyes and shoulders are in line with those of the men on his right1 and also that each man can see the eyes of at least two men on his right4 ,illustration ,the instructor verifies the alignment of both ranks from the right flank and orders up or back such men as may be in the rear1 or in advance1 of the line2 only the men designated move4 ,at the command front1 given when the ranks are aligned1 each man turns his head and eyes to the front and drops his left hand by his side4 ,there are in dressing a number of common errors that we should try to avoid4 ,don't jab the man on your left with your elbow4 ,if you are not on the line1 move your feet4 ,don't lean forward or backward4 ,be sure to touch gently the man on your right with your right arm4 ,be certain to keep your left elbow forced well to the front4 ,this is a little uncomfortable at first1 but unless we do this our arms will not measure the #d inches correctly4 ,don't hump up the left shoulder1 and don't turn the shoulders to the right4 ,keep fingers of left hand extended and joined4 ,we want to place especial stress on the importance of three movements in the school of the squad4 ,when you have thoroughly mastered these three1 you will have a splendid basis for the remainder of the ,school of the ,squad1 the full value of which you will later appreciate4 ,these are3 ,squad right1 ,squad right about1 and ,right turn4 ,the first line drawing in this chapter shows correct proportions of interval and distance4 ,to save space and for convenience1 the drawings hereafter are made without regard to proportions 7intervals and distances74 ,first ,movement ,,squad ,,right ,being in line1 to turn and march3 #a4 ,squad right 7left71 #b4 ,,march4 ,in this movement many instructors have recruit squads step off on the #gth count4 ,when the drill progresses the squad should step off on the #eth count4 ,illustration3 ,this is what we have ,this is what we want ,at the command march1 ,no4 #a in the front rank faces to the right in marching and marks time2 ,nos4 #b1 #c1 and #d of the front rank turn #de degrees to the right 7right oblique71 place themselves abreast 7on the same line7 of ,no4 #a and mark time4 ,now it is difficult quickly to understand the movements of the rear rank4 ,give them a lot of study and don't go on until you are certain that you understand4 ,illustration3 ,this is the way it is done4 ,no4 #c moves straight to the front4 ,no4 #b follows ,no4 #c4 ,no4 #a follows ,no4 #b4 ,when they 7,nos4 #c1 #b and #a7 arrive in rear of their file leaders1 7,nos4 #c1 #b and #a1 front rank7 they face to the right in marching and mark time4 ,no4 #d of the rear rank moves straight to the front four paces1 and places himself abreast of ,no4 #c1 rear rank4 ,when ,no4 #d1 front rank1 and ,no4 #d1 rear rank1 are on the line1 7and the remainder of the squad must glance toward them to see when that is true71 the whole squad moves forward without further command4 ,note that we have said that ,no4 #a front rank marks time4 ,we see that he becomes1 temporarily1 an immovable pivot for his squad4 ,we1 therefore1 call him a fixed pivot4 ,had the command been squad left1 instead of squad right1 ,no4 #d would have been the fixed pivot instead of ,no4 #a4 ,being in line1 to turn and halt3 #a4 ,squad right 7left71 #b4 ,,march1 #c4 ,squad1 #d4 ,,halt4 ,the turn is executed as prescribed in the preceding case except that all men1 on arriving on the new line1 mark time until the command halt is given1 when all halt4 ,whenever the third command 7i4e41 squad7 is given means that the command halt is to follow4 ,this is caution to the squad to prepare to halt4 ,the command halt should be given as ,no4 #d arrives on the line4 ,second ,movement ,,squad ,,right ,,about ,being in line1 to turn about and march3 #a4 ,squad right 7left7 about1 #b4 ,,march4 ,illustration3 ,this is what we have ,this is what we want ,at the command march1 the front rank twice executes ,squad right1 initiating 7starting7 the second ,squad right when ,no4 #d has arrived on the line4 ,that much is very simple4 ,the rear rank has a harder task4 ,let us have the front and rear rank execute the movement separately3 ,illustration ,the rear rank is to take its place on the dotted line a b4 ,no4 #c rear rank moves straight to the front until in prolongation of the line to be occupied by the rear rank4 ,no4 #b follows ,no4 #c4 ,no4 #a follows ,no4 #b4 ,when ,no4 #c arrives on the line to be occupied by the rear rank he changes direction to the right2 he moves in the new direction until in rear of ,no4 #c1 front rank1 when ,nos4 #c1 #b1 and #a1 rear rank1 are in rear of ,nos4 #c1 #b1 and #a1 front rank1 7i4e41 when they are in rear of their front rank men71 they face to the right in marching and mark time4 ,no4 #d marches on the left of ,no4 #c to his new position4 ,as he arrives on the line1 both ranks execute forward march without command1 ,for the remainder of the squad to know when ,no4 #d front and rear rank have arrived on the line1 they glance to see4 ,the squad should step off on the #ith count4 ,third ,movement ,,right ,,turn ,being in line3 #a4 ,right 7left7 turn1 #b4 ,,march4 ,illustration3 ,,this ,,is ,,the ,,way ,,it ,,is ,,done ,at the command march1 ,no4 #a front rank faces to the right in marching and takes the half step4 ,nos4 #b1 #c1 and #d front rank right oblique 7turn #de degrees to the right7 until opposite their places in line1 then execute a second right oblique and take the half step on arriving abreast of the pivot man4 ,when ,no4 #d arrives on the line ,nos4 #a1 #b1 #c1 and #d take the full step without further command4 7,to know when ,no4 #d arrives on the line it is necessary to glance in his direction47 ,full step on the #gth count4 ,the rear rank executes the movement in the same way and turns on the same ground as the front rank4 ,the rear rank1 therefore1 moves forward at the command march1 or continues to move forward1 if already marching1 until it arrives at the place where the front turned1 when it turns4 ,note that the squad turns on ,no4 #a front rank but that he does not remain in his position even temporarily1 as in squad right2 he is1 therefore1 called the moving pivot4 ,no4 #d is called the marching flank4 ,had the command been left turn1 ,no4 #d would have been the moving pivot1 and ,no4 #a the marching flank4 ,knowing the three above movements1 we are prepared for the following3 ,being in line at a halt3 #a4 ,take interval1 #b4 ,to the right 7left71 #c4 ,,march1 #d4 ,squad1 #e4 ,,halt4 ,illustration3 ,,being ,,in ,,this ,,formation ,at the command to the right 7left71 the rear rank men march backward four steps 7#ae inches each step7 and halt4 ,illustration3 ,,like ,,this ,note that the actual distance from the front rank to the rear rank is now #dj plus #dx#ae inches1 i4e41 #ajj inches4 ,at the command march1 all face to the right and ,no4 #a front and rear rank step off4 ,no4 #b1 front and rear rank1 follow ,no4 #a1 front and rear rank1 at a distance of four paces4 ,likewise with the other numbers4 ,illustration3 ,like this1 when ,no4 #a front and rear rank have gained four paces distance4 ,at the command halt1 given when ,no4 #c is three paces distant from ,no4 #d1 all halt and face to the front4 ,illustration3 ,the squad looks like this when the movement is completed4 ,being at intervals3 #a4 ,assemble1 to the right1 7left71 #b4 ,,march4 ,at the command march1 ,no4 #a front rank stands fast4 ,no4 #a rear rank closes to #dj inches4 ,the other men face to the right1 close by the shortest line1 and face to the front4 ,illustration ,being in line at a halt3 #a4 ,take distance1 #b4 ,,march1 #c4 ,squad1 #d4 ,,halt4 ,at the command march1 ,no4 #a of the front rank moves straight to the front2 ,nos4 #b1 #c1 and #d of the front rank and ,nos4 #a1 #b1 #c1 and #d of the rear rank1 in the order named1 move straight to the front1 each stepping off so as to follow the preceding man at four paces4 ,the command halt is given when all have their distances4 ,in case more than one squad is in line1 each squad executes the movement as above4 ,the guide of each rank of numbers is right4 ,illustration ,the front rank men should walk straight to the front and their rear rank men should cover them accurately4 ,being at distances1 to assemble the squad3 #a4 ,assemble1 #b4 ,,march4 ,no4 #a of the front rank stands fast2 the other numbers move forward to their proper places in line4 ,,the ,,oblique ,,march ,for the instruction of recruits1 the squad being in column or correctly aligned1 the instructor causes the squad to face half right 7or half left71 points out to the men their relative positions1 and explains that these are to be maintained in the oblique march4 #a4 ,right 7left7 oblique1 #b4 ,,march4 ,each man steps off in a direction #de degrees to the right of his original front4 ,he preserves his relative position1 keeping his shoulders parallel to those of the guide 7the man on the right front of the line or column71 and so regulates his steps that the ranks remain parallel to their original front4 ,at the command halt1 the men halt faced to the front4 ,to resume the original direction3 #a4 ,forward1 #b4 ,,march4 ,illustration ,the men half face to the left in marching and then move straight to the front4 ,if at half step or mark time while obliquing1 the oblique march is resumed by the commands3 #a4 ,oblique1 #b4 ,,march4 ,,to ,,follow ,,the ,,corporal ,being assembled or deployed1 to march the squad without unnecessary commands1 the corporal places himself in front of it and commands3 ,,follow ,,me4 ,if in line or skirmish line1 ,no4 #b of the front rank follows in the track of the corporal at about #c paces2 the other men conform to the movements of ,no4 #b1 guiding on him and maintaining their relative positions4 ,if in column1 the head of the column follows the corporal4 ,illustration ,note that ,no4 #d rear rank takes the place of the corporal when the corporal is in front of the squad4 ,this a general rule4 ,when any front rank man is absent his rear rank man steps up in the front rank4 ,when the squad is following the corporal ,no4 #d rear rank remains blank 7i4e41 ,no4 #c does not step to the left and cover ,no4 #d74 ,,to ,,deploy ,,as ,,skirmishers ,being in any formation1 assembled3 #a4 ,as skirmishers1 #b4 ,,march4 ,the corporal places himself in front of the squad1 if not already there4 ,moving at a run1 the men place themselves abreast of the corporal at half-pace intervals4 ,nos4 #a and #b on his right1 ,nos4 #c and #d on his left1 rear-rank men on the right of their file leaders1 extra men on the left of ,no4 #d2 all then conform to the corporal's gait4 ,there is a rule of thumb that must be remembered4 ,the rear-rank man is always on the right of his file leader4 ,a common error is for beginners to execute the movement at a slow trot which a run is required4 ,when the squad is acting alone1 skirmish line is similarly formed on ,no4 #b of the front rank1 who stands fast or continues the march1 as the case may be2 the corporal places himself in front of the squad when advancing and in rear when halted4 ,when deployed as skirmishers1 the men march at ease1 pieces at the trail unless otherwise ordered4 ,the corporal is the guide when in the line2 otherwise ,no4 #b front rank is the guide4 ,the guide is center4 ,the normal interval between skirmishers is one-half pace1 resulting practically in one man per yard of front4 ,the front of a squad thus deployed as skirmishers is about #aj paces4 ,illustration3 ,,squad ,,deployed ,,on ,,corporal ,,this ,,is ,,the ,,way ,,it ,,is ,,done ,the common error is to keep an interval of a very few inches when #ae inches are required4 ,,to ,,increase ,,or ,,diminish ,,intervals ,if assembled1 and it is desired to deploy at greater than the normal interval2 or if deployed1 and it is desired to increase or decrease the interval3 #a4 ,as skirmishers1 7so many7 paces1 #b4 ,,march4 ,intervals are taken at the indicated number of paces4 ,if already deployed1 the men move by the flank or away from the guide4 ,the above command is used but very little4 ,,the ,,assembly ,being deployed3 #a4 ,assemble1 #b4 ,,march4 ,the men move toward the corporal and form in their proper places4 ,if the corporal continues to advance1 the men move in double time1 form1 and follow him4 ,the assembly while marching to the rear is not executed4 ,note4 ,it will be better for the beginner to let the remainder of this chapter go for awhile4 ,your instructor will explain all of the following points in a way that will be easier for you than for you to try to work them out alone4 ,they will come up in the first month's work and will be explained and shown as you go along4 ,as you become more proficient we advise you1 then1 to take up the remainder of the chapter4 ,if standing3 ,,kneel4 ,half face to the right2 carry the right toe about #a foot to the left rear of the left heel2 kneel on the right knee1 sitting as nearly as possible on the right heel2 left forearm across left thigh2 piece remains in position of order arms1 right hand grasping it above the lower hand4 ,if standing or kneeling3 ,,lie ,,down4 ,kneel1 but with right knee against left heel2 carry back the left foot and lie flat on the belly1 inclining body about #ce degrees to the right2 piece horizontal1 barrel up1 muzzle off the ground and pointed to the front2 elbows on the ground2 left hand at the balance1 right hand grasping the small of the stock opposite the neck4 ,this is the position of order arms1 lying down4 ,if kneeling or lying down3 ,,rise4 ,if kneeling1 stand up1 faced to the front1 on the ground marked by the left heel4 ,if lying down1 raise body on both knees2 stand up1 faced to the front1 on the ground marked by the knees4 ,if lying down3 ,,kneel4 ,raise the body on both knees2 take the position of kneel4 ,in double rank1 the positions of kneeling and lying down are ordinarily used only for the better utilization of cover4 ,when deployed as skirmishers1 a sitting position may be taken in lieu of the kneeling position4 ,,loadings ,,and ,,firings ,the commands for loading and firing are the same whether standing1 kneeling1 or lying down4 ,the firings are always executed at a halt4 ,when kneeling or lying down in double rank1 the rear rank does not load1 aim1 or fire4 ,the instruction in firing will be preceded by a command for loading4 ,loadings are executed in line and skirmish line only4 ,pieces1 having been ordered loaded1 are kept loaded without command until the command unload1 or inspection arms1 fresh clips being inserted when the magazine is exhausted4 ,the aiming point or target is carefully pointed out4 ,this may be done before or after announcing the sight setting4 ,both are indicated before giving the command for firing1 but may be omitted when the target appears suddenly and is unmistakable2 in such case battle sight is used if no sight setting is announced4 ,the target or aiming point having been designated and the sight setting announced1 such designation or announcement need not be repeated until a change of either or both is necessary4 ,troops are trained to continue their fire upon the aiming point or target designated1 and at the sight setting announced1 until a change is ordered4 ,if the men are not already in the position of load1 that position is taken at the announcement of the sight setting2 if the announcement is omitted1 the position is taken at the first command for firing4 ,when deployed1 the use of the sling as an aid to accurate firing is discretionary with each man4 ,,to ,,load ,being in line or skirmish line at halt3 #a4 ,with dummy 7blank or ball7 cartridges1 #b4 ,,load4 ,at the command load each front-rank man or skirmisher faces half right and carries the right foot to the right1 about #a foot1 to such position as will insure the greatest firmness and steadiness of the body2 raises1 or lowers1 the piece and drops it into the left hand at the balance1 left thumb extended along the stock1 muzzle at the height of the breast1 and turns the cut-off up4 ,with the right hand1 he turns and draws the bolt back1 takes a loaded clip and inserts the end in the clip slots1 places the thumb on the powder space of the top cartridge1 the fingers extending around the piece and tips resting on the magazine floor plate2 forces the cartridges into the magazine by pressing down with the thumb2 without removing the clip1 thrusts the bolt home1 turning down the handle2 turns the safety lock to the safe and carries the hand to the small of the stock4 ,each rear rank man moves to the right front1 takes a similar position opposite the interval to the right of his front rank man1 muzzle of the piece extending beyond the front rank1 and loads4 ,a skirmish line may load while moving1 the pieces being held as neatly as practicable in the position of load4 ,if kneeling or sitting1 the position of the piece is similar2 if kneeling1 the left forearm rests on the left thigh2 if sitting the elbows are supported by the knees2 if lying down1 the left hand steadies and supports the piece at the balance1 the toe of the butt resting on the ground1 the muzzle off the ground4 ,,stack ,,and ,,take ,,arms ,the subject of stack and take arms is less important than the rest of this chapter4 ,it is difficult to be learned from a book4 ,your company commander will explain it to you4 ,it is given here to serve as a reference4 ,being in line at a halt3 ,,stack ,,arms4 ,each even number of the front rank grasps his piece with the left hand at the upper band and rests the butt between his feet1 barrel to the front1 muzzle inclined slightly to the front and opposite the center of the interval on his right1 the thumb and forefinger raising the stacking swivel2 each even number of the rear rank then passes his piece1 barrel to the rear1 to his file leader1 who grasps it between the bands with his right hand and throws the butt about two feet in advance of that of his own piece and opposite the right of the interval1 the right hand slipping to the upper band1 the thumb and forefinger raising the stacking swivel1 which he engages with that of his own piece2 each odd number of the front rank raises his piece with the right hand1 carries it well forward1 barrel to the front2 the left hand1 guiding the stacking swivel1 engages the lower hook of the swivel of his own piece with the free hook of that of the even number of the rear rank2 he then turns the barrel outward into the angle formed by the other two pieces and lowers the butt to the ground1 to the right of and against the toe of his right shoe4 ,the stacks made1 the loose pieces are laid on them by the even numbers of the front rank4 ,when each man has finished handling pieces1 he takes the position of the soldier4 ,being in line behind the stacks3 ,,take ,,arms4 ,the loose pieces are returned by the even numbers of the front rank2 each even number of the front rank grasps his own piece with the left hand1 the piece of his rear-rank man with his right hand1 grasping both between the bands2 each odd number of the front rank grasps his piece in the same way with the right hand1 disengages it by raising the butt from the ground and then1 turning the piece to the right1 detaches it from the stack2 each even number of the front rank disengages and detaches his piece by turning it to the left1 and then passes the piece of his rear-rank man to him1 and all resume the order4 ,should any squad have ,nos4 #b and #c blank files1 ,no4 #a rear rank takes the place of ,no4 #b rear rank in making and breaking the stack2 the stacks made or broken1 he resumes his post4 ,pieces not used in making the stack are termed loose pieces4 ,pieces are never stacked with the bayonet fixed4 ,,chapter ,v ,,school ,,of ,,the ,,company ,based on the ,infantry ,drill ,regulations ,the company in line is formed in double rank with the men arranged1 as far as practicable1 according to height from right to left1 the tallest on the right4 ,the original division into squads is effected by the command3 ,count off4 ,the squads1 successively from the right1 count off as in the ,school of the ,squad1 corporals placing themselves as ,no4 #d of the front rank4 ,at the formation of the company the platoons or squads are numbered consecutively from right to left1 and these designations do not change4 ,for convenience in giving commands and for reference1 the designations1 right1 center1 left1 when in line1 and leading1 center1 rear1 when in column1 are applied to platoons or squads4 ,these designations1 right1 center1 left1 when in line1 and leading1 center1 rear1 when in column1 are applied to the actual right1 left1 center1 head1 or rear1 in whatever direction the company may be facing4 ,the center squad is the middle or right middle squad of the company4 ,if there are an even number of squads in the company1 for instance eight1 the center squad would be the fourth4 ,the designation ,so-and-so's squad or platoon may also be used4 ,illustration3 ,this is exactly the same as the photograph4 ,it shows the correct position of every man in the company4 man for man4 ,during battle1 these assignments are not changed2 vacancies are filled by non-commissioned officers of the platoon1 or by the nearest available officers or non-commissioned officers arriving with reinforcing troops4 ,,close ,,order ,in column of squads1 each rank preserves the alignment toward the side of the guide4 ,men in the line of file closers do not execute loadings and firings4 ,,to ,,form ,,the ,,company ,at the sounding of the assembly the first sergeant takes position #f paces in front of where the center of the company is to be1 faces it1 draws saber1 and commands3 ,fall in4 ,the right guide of the company places himself1 facing to the front1 where the right of the company is to rest1 and at such point that the center of the company will be #f paces from and opposite the first sergeant2 the squads form in their proper places on the left of the right guide1 superintended by the other sergeants1 who then take their posts4 ,the first sergeant commands3 ,report4 ,remaining in position at the order1 the squad leaders1 in succession from the right1 salute and report3 ,all present2 or ,private7s7---- absent4 ,the first sergeant does not return the salutes of the squad leaders2 he then commands3 #a4 ,inspection1 #b4 ,,arms1 #c4 ,order1 #d4 ,,arms1 faces about1 salutes the captain1 reports3 ,sir1 all present or accounted for1 or the names of the unauthorized absentees1 and without command1 takes his post4 ,if the company cannot be formed by squads1 the first sergeant commands3 #a4 ,inspection1 #b4 ,,arms1 #c4 ,right shoulder1 #d4 ,,arms1 and calls the roll4 ,each man1 as his name is called1 answers here and executes order arms4 ,the sergeant then effects the division into squads and reports the company as prescribed above4 ,the captain places himself #ab paces in front of the center of1 and facing1 the company in time to receive the report of the first sergeant1 whose salute he returns1 and then draws saber4 ,the lieutenants take their posts when the first sergeant has reported1 and draw saber with the captain4 ,generally in camp the saber is not worn4 ,the officers and first sergeants carry pistols4 ,the hand salute is rendered when so armed4 ,in the ,school of the ,squad we gave three movements that formed the basis of the squad drill4 ,there are six movements in the ,school of the ,company that should be thoroughly understood4 ,when the beginner knows these he will have no difficulty with the remainder of the close order4 #a,,st ,,movement ,,on ,,the ,,fixed ,,pivot ,being in line1 to turn the company3 #a4 ,company right 7left71 #b4 ,,march1 #c4 ,company1 #d4 ,,halt2 or1 #c4 ,forward1 #d4 ,,march4 ,illustration3 ,,showing ,,movement ,,half ,,completed ,notice that the part of the company which has not completed the movement is perpendicular to the part that has4 ,the common error is for the rear rank to oblique before marching four paces to the front4 ,at the second command the right-flank man in the front rank faces to the right in marching and marks time2 the other front-rank men1 oblique to the right1 place themselves abreast of the pivot1 and mark time2 in the rear rank the third man from the right1 followed in column by the second and first1 moves straight to the front until in rear of his front-rank man1 when all face to the right in marching and mark time2 the remaining men of the rear rank move straight to the front #d paces1 oblique to the right1 place themselves abreast of the third man1 cover their file leaders1 and mark time2 the right guide steps back1 takes post on the flank and marks time4 ,the fourth command is given when the last man is #a pace in rear of the new line4 ,the command ,halt may be given at any time after the movement begins2 only those halt who are in the new position4 ,each of the others halts upon arriving on the line1 aligns himself to the right1 and executes front without command4 ,the difference between this movement and squad right is slight4 ,the rear rank acts a little differently1 and the company waits for the command to move forward4 ,the idea is exactly the same4 #b;,d ,,movement ,,on ,,the ,,moving ,,pivot ,being in line1 to change direction3 #a4 ,right 7left7 turn1 #b4 ,,march1 #c3 ,forward1 #d4 ,,march4 ,executed as described in the ,school of the ,squad1 except that the men do not glance toward the marching flank and that all take the full step at the fourth command4 ,the right guide is the pivot of the front rank4 ,each rear-rank man obliques on the same ground as his file leader4 ,illustration3 ,,third ,,movement ,,to ,,change ,,from ,,line ,,to ,,column ,,and ,,move ,,forward ,being in line1 to form column of squads and move forward3 #a4 ,right 7left7 by squads1 #b4 ,,march4 ,at the command march1 the right squad marches forward2 the remainder of the company executes squads right1 column left1 and follows the right squad4 ,the right guide1 when he has posted himself in front of the right squad1 takes four short steps1 then resumes the full steps2 the right squad conforms4 ,a common error is for the guide to forget to take the four short steps4 ,illustration3 ,the diagram shows the movement completed ,keep dressed accurately on the side of the guide4 7,he is always on the side opposite from the file closers ,this is a rule of thumb that should be memorized at once47 ,the guide in every squad should keep #dj inches from the man in front4 ,so many new men forget about the #dj inches4 ,they usually take a little over #cj4 ,when the company is moved into line there is of course a jam4 ,hold your head up4 ,don't look down to the ground4 ,you will be in the formation more than any other4 ,try to keep the following cautions in mind3 ,the leading men of the company should have four inches interval4 ,better to have too much than too little if mistakes are to be insisted upon4 ,keep the pieces in the correct positions at right shoulder and then have heads and rifles in a bee line4 ,when the movement is completed the company will be in the formation shown in the drawing4 ,,fourth ,,movement ,,column ,,right ,being in column of squads1 to change direction3 #a4 ,column right 7left71 #b4 ,,march4 ,at the second command the front rank of the leading squad turns to the right on moving pivot as in the ,school of the ,squad2 the other ranks1 without command1 turn successively on the same ground and in similar manner4 ,illustration ,it is a very common error for the pivot man to take too short a step and thereby cause a jam4 ,bear this in mind4 ,another very common error is for the flank man 7or men7 to take a very long step4 ,this is caused by the pivot man's forgetting to glance and see when the flank man arrives on the line1 before he takes the full step4 ,another common error is to get out of column while making this movement4 ,bear this in mind and walk straight to the turning point4 ,illustration3 ,,this ,,shows ,,the ,,company ,,in ,,column ,,of ,,squads1 ,,correct ,,position ,illustration3 ,,this ,,shows ,,the ,,common ,,errors ,now we come to the last two movements4 ,they cause more trouble than any others4 ,,fifth ,,movement ,,on ,,right 7,,left7 ,,into ,,line ,being in column of platoons or squads1 to form line on right or left3 #a4 ,on right 7left7 into line1 #b4 ,,march1 #c4 ,company1 #d4 ,,halt1 #e4 ,,front4 7,on right left into line1 means turn in the direction that is on your right and get into line4 ,you have to be in column before the movement is begun47 ,let us first consider the company in column of squads4 ,illustration ,at the captain's command on right into line1 the corporal of the leading squad commands right turn4 ,the corporals of all the remaining squads1 if halted1 command forward1 if marching they caution their squads to continue the march4 ,at the captain's command march1 the leading squad turns to the right on a moving pivot4 ,the remaining squads march straight to the front4 ,each corporal commands right turn before arriving opposite the right of his squads place in line4 ,when the front rank of his squad has arrived opposite that place he gives the command march4 ,the command halt is given when the leading squad has advanced the desired distance in the new direction4 ,only the leading squad halts4 ,the corporal then commands right dress4 ,the remaining corporals before arrival on the line1 command1 squad1 and add the command halt just before the right front rank reaches the line4 ,then1 they1 command right dress4 ,the captain then dresses the company and commands front4 ,if executed in double time the leading squad marches in double time until halted4 ,now let us consider the company in columns of platoons4 ,see illustration on next page4 ,at the captain's command on right into line1 the leader of the first platoon commands right turn1 the leaders of the rear platoons1 if halted1 command forward2 if marching1 they caution their platoons to continue the march4 ,the first platoon executes the right turn at the captain's command march4 ,having completed the turn the platoon commander gives the command1 forward1 ,,march4 ,illustration ,the remaining platoon commanders give right turn1 ,,march1 when opposite their places1 and the command1 forward1 ,,march1 when the turn has been completed4 ,when the leading platoon has advanced the desired distance the captain gives the command1 company1 ,,halt4 ,at the command company1 the leading platoon leader gives the command1 platoon4 ,his platoon only halts at the captain's command1 halt4 ,the platoon leader then gives the command1 right dress1 and takes his post in the file closers4 ,the remaining platoons are successively halted and dressed by their leader4 ,the captain gives the command ,,front4 ,,sixth ,,movement ,,right ,,front ,,into ,,line ,being in column of platoons or squads1 to form line to the front3 #a4 ,right 7left7 front into line1 #b4 ,,march1 #c4 ,company1 #d4 ,,halt1 #e4 ,,front4 7,right left front into line means move to the right of the front and get into line4 ,it is necessary to be in column to begin this movement47 ,let us first consider the company in column of squads4 ,at the captain's command1 right front into line1 the corporal of the leading squad1 if halted1 commands forward2 if marching1 he cautions his squad1 continue the march4 ,the corporals of the remaining squads command right oblique4 ,at the command march1 the leading squad moves forward4 ,the remaining squads oblique as indicated4 ,the command halt is given when the leading squad has advanced the desired distance2 its corporal then commands left dress4 ,the remaining corporals command forward1 ,,march1 when opposite their places in the line4 ,they halt and dress their squads on the line established by the leading squad4 ,when the company is in column of platoons the movement is executed in the same manner and by the same commands except the word platoon is substituted for squad4 ,the ,captain gives the command ,,front4 ,illustration ,being in line1 to form column of platoons1 or the reverse3 #a4 ,platoons right 7left71 #b4 ,,march1 #c4 ,company1 #d4 ,,halt2 or1 #c4 ,forward1 #d4 ,,march4 ,illustration ,executed by each platoon as described for the company4 ,before forming line the captain sees that the guides on the flank toward which the movement is to be executed are covering4 ,this is effected by previously announcing the guide to that flank4 ,the two common errors are3 #a4 ,first1 the pivot man takes a short step instead of marking time4 ,second1 7being in line71 the pivot men of the platoons forget that they are the pivots and therefore do not execute the command when ordered4 ,illustration ,the following illustration shows the side view of a platoon4 ,note the common errors3 ,no4 #a rear rank is closed up to about twenty inches4 ,he is looking down at the heels of his front rank file 7man74 ,rifles are improperly held4 ,some men in the rear rank have more than forty inches distance from their front rank men4 ,being in line1 to form column of squads1 or the reverse2 or1 being in line of platoons1 to form column of platoons1 or the reverse3 #a4 ,squads right 7left71 #b4 ,,march2 or1 #a4 ,squads right 7left71 #b4 ,,march1 #c4 ,company1 #d4 ,,halt4 ,executed by each squad as described in the ,school of the ,squad4 ,illustration ,if the company or platoons be formed in line toward the side of the file closers they dart through the column and take posts in rear of the company at the second command4 ,if the column of squads be formed from line1 the file closers take posts on the pivot flank1 abreast of and #d inches from the nearest flank4 ,being in column of platoons1 to change direction3 #a4 ,column right 7left71 #b4 ,,march4 ,at the first command the leader of the leading platoon commands3 ,right turn4 ,at the command march the leading platoon turns to the right on moving pivot2 its leader commands3 ,forward1 #b4 ,,march1 on completion of the turn4 ,rear platoons march squarely up to the turning point of the leading platoon and turn at the command of their leaders4 ,when each platoon has completed its turn1 the leader commands forward1 ,,march4 ,illustration ,being in column of squads1 to form line of platoons or the reverse3 #a4 ,platoons1 column right 7left71 #b4 ,,march4 ,executed by each platoon as described for the company4 ,being in line1 to form column of squads and then change direction4 #a4 ,squads left 7right71 column right 7left71 #b4 ,,march4 ,illustration3 ,the dotted line shows the company in line before the new movement is begun4 ,this shows the movement half completed4 ,the left squad initiates 7begins7 ,the column right as soon as it has completed the squad left4 ,being in line1 to form line of platoons3 #a4 ,squads left 7right71 platoons1 column left 7right71 #b4 ,illustration3 ,,line ,,of ,,platoons ,,march2 or1 #a4 ,platoons1 right 7left7 by squads1 #b4 ,,march4 ,executed by each platoon as described for the company in the preceding paragraph4 ,,facing ,,or ,,marching ,,to ,,the ,,rear ,being in line1 line of platoons1 or in column of platoons or squads1 to face or march to the rear3 #a4 ,squads right 7left7 about1 #b4 ,,march2 or1 #a4 ,squads right 7left7 about1 #b4 ,,march1 #c4 ,company1 #d4 ,,halt4 ,executed by each squad as described in the ,school of the ,squad4 ,if the company is in line of platoons1 or in column of squads1 the file closers turn about toward the column1 and take their posts2 if in line1 each darts through the nearest interval between squads4 ,to march to the rear for a few paces3 #a4 ,about1 #b4 ,,face1 #c4 ,forward1 #d4 ,,march4 ,if in line1 the guides place themselves in the rear rank1 now in front rank2 the file closers1 on facing about1 maintain their relative positions4 ,no other movement is executed until the line is faced to the original front4 ,being in column of squads to form column of platoons1 or being in line of platoons1 to form the company in line3 #a4 ,platoons1 right 7left7 front into line1 #b4 ,,march1 #c4 ,company1 #d4 ,,halt1 #e4 ,,front4 ,executed by each platoon as described for the company4 ,if forming column of platoons1 platoon leaders verify the alignment before taking their posts2 the captain commands front when the alignments have been verified4 ,when front into line is executed in double time the commands for halting and aligning are omitted and the guide is toward the side of the first unit in line4 ,,route ,,step ,,and ,,at ,,ease ,the column of squads is the habitual column of route1 but route step and at ease are applicable to any marching formation4 ,to march at route step3 #a4 ,route step1 #b4 ,,march4 ,sabers are carried at will or in the scabbard2 the men carry their pieces at will1 keeping the muzzles elevated2 they are not required to preserve silence1 nor to keep the step4 ,the ranks cover and preserve their distance4 ,if halted from route step1 the men stand at rest4 ,to march at ease3 #a4 ,at ease1 #b4 ,,march4 ,the company marches as in route step1 except that silence is preserved when hated1 the men remain at ease4 ,marching at route step or at ease3 #a4 ,company1 #b4 ,,attention4 ,at the command attention the pieces are brought to the right shoulder and the cadenced step in quick time is resumed4 ,,rules ,,for ,,guides ,a guide is a noncommissioned officer or a private upon whom the company regulates its march4 ,it is not difficult for an inexperienced man learn1 with a little practice1 the duties and the correct positions of a guide4 ,remember the rule of thumb1 ,the guide and the file closers are on the opposite flanks when the company is in column of squads4 ,in squads right about it would be ridiculous for the file closers to move from one flank to another4 ,guides are permitted and supposed look around to see if they are in their proper places2 most new men are timid about this4 ,the following general rules and examples will help you3 ,the guide of a company or platoon in line is right1 unless otherwise announced4 ,the guide of a company or platoon in column of squads is toward the side of the guide1 who places himself on the side of the company away from the file closers4 ,the guide of a deployed line 7a skirmish line7 is always center unless otherwise announced4 ,,examples ,suppose the company to be in line4 ,in executing3 #a4 ,squads right4 ,the guides go to the left flank4 #b4 ,right by squads4 ,the guides go to the left flank4 #c4 ,squads left4 ,the guides go to the right flank4 #d4 ,left by squads4 ,the guides go to the right flank4 ,if the company is in column of squads and the command is either squads right or left about1 the guides simply remember to remain on the flank opposite from the file closers4 ,it is very easy to see that a world of confusion would be caused by the file closers attempting to move to the opposite flank during squads right or left about4 ,if the guides are in doubt look to see where the file closers are and then apply the rule of thumb3 ,file closers and guides are always on opposite flanks4 ,,to ,,diminish ,,the ,,front ,,of ,a ,,column ,,of ,,squads ,being in column of squads3 #a4 ,right 7left7 by twos1 #b4 ,,march4 ,at the command march all files except the two right files on the leading squad execute in ,place ,halt2 the two left files of the leading squads oblique to the right when disengaged and follow the right files at the shortest practicable distance4 ,the remaining squads follow successively in like manner4 ,being in column of squads or twos3 #a4 ,right 7left7 by file1 #b4 ,,march4 ,at the command march1 all files execute ,in ,place ,halt1 except the right file of the leading two or squad4 ,the left file or files of the leading two or squad oblique successively to the right when disengaged and each follows the file on its right at the shortest practicable distance4 ,the remaining twos or squads follow successively in like manner4 ,illustration3 ,,right ,,by ,,twos ,being in column of files or twos1 to form column of squads2 or1 being in column of files1 to form column of twos3 #a4 ,squads 7twos71 right 7left7 front into line1 #b4 ,,march4 ,at the command march1 the leading file or files halt and come to order arms4 ,the remainder of the squad1 or twos1 obliques to the right and halts on line with the leading file or files4 ,the remaining squads or twos close up and successively form in rear of the first in like manner4 ,the movement described in this paragraph will be ordered right or left1 so as to restore the files to their normal relative positions in column of twos or in column of squads4 ,illustration3 ,,right ,,by ,,file ,the movements prescribed in the three preceding paragraphs are difficult of execution at attention and have no value as disciplinary exercises4 ,illustration3 ,executing twos left front into line4 ,executing squads left front into line4 ,marching by twos or files can not be executed without serious delay and waste of road space4 ,every reasonable precaution will be taken to obviate the necessity for these formations4 ,the remainder of chapter on close order drill1 ,school of the ,company1 is in general for those above the grade of private1 therefore1 unless we are perfectly clear in what we have had so far1 let us not go too deeply into these special features until we have more experience4 ,the captain is responsible for the theoretical and practical instruction of his officers and noncommissioned officers1 not only in the duties of their respective grades1 but in those of the next higher grades4 ,if the left squad contains less than six men1 it is either increased to that number by transfers from other squads or is broken up and its members assigned to other squads and posted in the line of file closers4 ,these squad organizations are maintained1 by transfers if necessary1 until the company becomes so reduced in numbers as to necessitate a new division into squads4 ,no squad will contain less than six men4 ,the company is further divided into two1 three1 or four platoons1 each consisting of not less than two nor more than four squads4 ,in garrison or ceremonies the strength of platoons may exceed four squads4 ,platoons are assigned to the lieutenants and noncom-missioned officers1 in order of rank1 as follows3 #a1 right2 #b1 left2 #c1 center 7right center72 #d1 left center4 ,the noncommissioned officers next in rank are assigned as guides1 one to each platoon4 ,if sergeants still remain1 they are assigned to platoons as additional guides4 ,when the platoon is deployed1 its guide1 or guides1 accompany the platoon leader4 ,the first sergeant is never assigned as a guide4 ,when not commanding a platoon1 he is posted as a file closer opposite the third file from the outer flank of the first platoon2 and when the company is deployed he accompanies the captain4 ,musicians1 when required to play1 are at the head of the column4 ,when the company is deployed1 they accompany the captain4 ,guides and enlisted men in the line of file closers execute the manual of arms during the drill unless especially excused1 when they remain at the order4 ,during ceremonies they execute all movements4 ,in taking intervals and distances1 unless otherwise directed1 the right and left guides1 at the first command1 place themselves in the line of file closers1 and1 with them1 take a distance of #d paces from the rear rank4 ,in taking intervals1 at the command march1 the file closers face to the flank and each steps off with the file nearest him4 ,in assembling the guides and file closers resume their positions in line4 ,being in line at a halt1 the captain directs the first sergeant1 dismiss the company4 ,the officers fall out2 the first sergeant places himself faced to the front1 #c paces to the front and #b paces from the nearest flank of the company1 salutes1 faces toward opposite flank of the company1 and commands3 #a4 ,inspection1 #b4 ,,arms1 #c4 ,port1 #d4 ,,arms1 #c4 ,,dismissed4 ,the alignments are executed as prescribed in the ,school of the ,squad1 the guide being established instead of the flank file4 ,the rear-rank man of the flank file keeps his head and eyes to the front and covers his file leader4 ,at each alignment the captain places himself in prolongation of the line1 #b paces from and facing the flank toward which the dress is made1 verifies the alignment1 and commands3 ,,front4 ,platoon leaders take a like position when required to verify alignments4 ,,extended ,,order ,,drills ,as soon as your progress in close order is sufficiently advanced1 you will be given extended order drill1 which will teach you the formations used in battle1 and how a firing line is controlled4 ,they are executed at ease4 ,we should know the meaning of the two following terms3 ,base and ,deploy4 ,base4 ,the element on which a movement is regulated4 ,in company drill it is usually the right or left2 leading1 rear1 or center squad4 ,deploy4 ,to extend the front4 ,the company deploys when it executes as skirmishers4 ,there are really only two conditions that we must consider in this drill4 ,the movements are very easy to ,illustration understand1 but they require a lot of practice to prevent confusion4 ,first ,case4 ,let us take the company in line at a halt4 ,it is desired to form a skirmish line to the front4 #a4 ,as skirmishers1 guide right 7left or center71 #b4 ,,march4 ,at the preparatory command 7i4e41 as skirmishers1 guide right7 all the corporals1 except the corporal of the first squad1 give the command1 by the left flank1 the corporal of the first squad gives the command1 as skirmishers4 ,at the command march1 all squads1 except the first squad1 move to the left1 and when they have their proper intervals they are deployed to the right 7left7 and on the line of the base squad by the corporals giving the commands3 ,as skirmishers1 #b4 ,,march4 ,the corporal of the first squad deploys his squad as soon as he has sufficient room 7interval74 ,that's all there is to the first movement with some slight modifications4 ,of course if the command had been as skirmishers1 guide left1 the base squad would have been the left or fourteenth ,squad instead of the first squad1 for when we speak of the right or left of a company1 in the deployments1 the company being in line1 we mean the right or left squads of the company4 ,another modification3 ,suppose the command had been as skirmishers1 guide center4 ,in that case the base squad would be the center or seventh squad4 ,the base 7seventh7 squad deploys without moving to the right or left4 ,there is only one thing for the first six squads to do and that is to move to the right4 ,there is only one thing for the last seven squads to do and that to move to the left4 ,we have considered the company so far to be at a halt2 suppose that it had been moving forward4 ,the corporal of the base squad deploys his squad as soon as he has sufficient interval1 and then continues straight to the front until the command3 #a4 ,company1 #b4 ,,halt1 is given by the captain4 ,the other corporals move their squads to the left front 7or right front71 by commanding their squads1 ,follow me4 ,they conduct their squads on the shortest and easiest route to their places in the line and then deploy their squads as they arrive in the general line4 ,illustration ,the corporals should remember that they are not to step out from their squads to conduct them to their proper places until the captain has given the command march4 ,the corporals often fail to take sufficient intervals thus causing a jam4 ,the company being at a halt1 the corporals should remember to give by the right or left flank instead of right or left face4 ,,second ,,case ,now suppose the company is in column of squads at a halt4 ,it is desired to form a skirmish line to the front3 #a4 ,as skirmishers1 guide right 7left71 #b4 ,,march4 ,at the command march1 the corporal of the first1 or leading squad1 deploys his squad without advancing4 ,all of the other corporals move to the left front and deploy their squads on the line formed by the first squad4 ,at the preparatory command the corporals command1 follow me1 and at the command ,,march1 they step in front of their squads and conduct them to their places4 ,had the command been as skirmishers1 guide left1 of course all except the leading squad would have moved to the right4 ,for when the company is in column of squads1 as skirmishers1 guide right means that the first or leading squad is to be the right of the skirmish line4 ,if left1 instead of right is given that simply means that the leading or base squad is to be the left of the skirmish line4 ,now we come to the last variation4 ,it is difficult for the new man4 ,the command as skirmishers1 guide center1 the company being in column of squads1 simply means that the center squad is to be the base squad4 ,all other squads are to regulate their movements on the base squad as in all other cases4 ,this is a peculiar case and for it the authorities have adopted a rule of thumb4 ,all squads in front of the base squad go to the right1 those in rear to the left4 ,that's all there is to it4 ,but that must be remembered4 ,corporals will conduct their squads to their proper places by the shortest and easiest routes4 ,we will use a platoon of four squads to illustrate the idea4 ,illustration ,note that the leading corporal turns his squad well to the right rear and then to the left4 ,we have assumed the company to be at a halt2 suppose it is moving forward4 ,in that case the base squad simply continues moving forward after it has deployed until the captain gives the command halt4 ,the other corporals conduct their squads by the shortest routes to their proper places and deploy them on the general line4 ,illustration ,when the company1 while moving1 is deployed1 it is a common error for squads in rear of the base squad to take long and fast steps and come up on the line of the base squad4 ,this should not be done unless the command double time is given4 ,in which case all the squads take up the double time1 except the base squad4 ,extended ,order ,,rules ,,for ,,deployments ,the command guide right 7left or center7 indicates the base squad for the deployment2 if in line it designates the actual right 7left or center7 squad2 if in column the command guide right 7left7 designates the leading squad1 and the command guide center designates the center squad4 ,after the deployment is completed1 the guide is always center without command1 unless otherwise ordered4 ,at the preparatory command for forming skirmish line1 from either column of squads or line1 each squad leader 7except the leader of the base squad1 when his squad does not advance7 cautions his squad1 follow me or by the right 7left7 flank1 as the case may be2 at the command march1 he steps in front of his squad and leads it to its place in line4 ,having given the command for forming skirmish line1 the captain1 if necessary1 indicates to the corporal of the base squad the point on which the squad is to march2 the corporal habitually looks to the captain for such directions4 ,the base squad is deployed as soon as it has sufficient interval4 ,the other squads are deployed as they arrive on the general line2 each corporal halts in his place in line and commands or signals1 as skirmishers march2 the squad deploys and halts abreast of him4 ,if tactical considerations demand it1 the squad is deployed before arriving on the line4 ,deployed lines preserve a general alignment toward the guide4 ,within their respective fronts1 individuals or units march so as best to secure or to facilitate the advance but the general and orderly progress of the whole is paramount4 ,on halting1 a deployed line faces to the front 7direction of the enemy7 in all cases and takes advantage of cover1 the men lying down if necessary4 ,the company in line or column of squads may be deployed in an oblique direction by the same commands4 ,the captain points out the desired direction2 the corporal of the base squad moves in the direction indicated2 the other corporals conform4 ,to form skirmish line to the flank or rear the line or the column of squads is turned by squads to the flank or rear and then deployed as described4 ,the intervals between men are increased or decreased as described in the ,school of the ,squad1 adding to the preparatory command1 guide right 7left or center71 if necessary4 ,,the ,,assembly ,the captain takes his post in front of1 or designates1 the element on which the company is to assemble and commands3 #a4 ,assemble1 #b4 ,,march4 ,if in skirmish line the men move promptly toward the designated point and the company is re-formed in line4 ,if assembled by platoons1 these are conducted to the designated point by platoon leaders1 and the company is reformed in line4 ,platoons may be assembled by the command3 #a4 ,platoons1 assemble1 #b4 ,,march4 ,executed by each platoon as described for the company4 ,one or more platoons may be assembled by the command3 #a4 ,such platoon7s71 assemble1 #b4 ,,march4 ,executed by the designated platoon or platoons as described for the company4 ,wherever it is necessary in campaign to deploy troops there is often so much noise and confusion that it is impossible for the officers and noncommissioned officers to make themselves heard4 ,signals must be used instead of verbal commands4 ,,whistle ,,signals ,there are only two kinds of whistle signals2 a short last and a long blast4 ,a short blast means pay attention1 or look out for a signal or command4 ,a long blast means stop firing for a minute 7suspend firing74 ,,the ,,advance ,the advance of a company into an engagement whether for attack or defense7 is conducted in close order1 preferably column of squads1 until the probability of encountering hostile fire makes it advisable to deploy4 ,after deployment1 and before opening fire1 the advance of the company may be continued in skirmish line or other suitable formations1 depending upon circumstances4 ,the advance may often be facilitated1 or better advantage taken of cover1 or losses reduced by the employment of the platoon or squad columns or by the use of a succession of thin lines4 ,the selection of the method to be used is made by the captain or major1 the choice depending upon conditions arising during the progress of the advance4 ,if the deployment is found to be premature1 it will generally be best to assemble the company and proceed in close order4 ,patrols are used to provide the necessary security against surprise4 ,being in skirmish line3 #a4 ,platoon columns1 #b4 ,,march4 ,illustration3 ,,showing ,,how ,,platoon ,,columns ,,are ,,formed ,the platoon leaders move forward through the center of their respective platoons3 men to the right of the platoon leader march to the left and follow him in file2 those to the left march in like manner to the right2 each platoon leader thus conducts the march of his platoon in double column of files2 platoon guides follow in the ,illustration3 ,,squad ,,column rear of their respective platoons to insure prompt and orderly execution of the advance4 ,illustration3 ,,squad ,,columns ,being in skirmish line3 #a4 ,squad columns1 #b4 ,,march4 ,see preceding page4 ,each squad leader moves to the front2 the members of each squad oblique toward and follow their squad leader in single file at easy marching distances4 ,platoon columns are profitably used where the ground is so difficult or cover is so limited as to make it desirable to take advantage of the few favorable routes2 no two platoons should march within the area of burst of a single shrapnel 7ordinarily about #bj yards wide74 ,squad columns are of value principally in facilitating the advance over rough or brush-grown ground2 they afford no material advantage in securing cover4 ,to deploy platoon or squad columns3 #a4 ,as skirmishers1 #b4 ,,march4 ,skirmishers move to the right or left front and successively place themselves in their original positions on the line4 ,illustration3 ,,platoon ,,columns ,being in platoon or squad columns3 #a4 ,assemble1 #b4 ,,march4 ,the platoon or squad leaders signal assemble4 ,the men of each platoon or squad1 as the case may be1 advance and1 moving to the right and left1 take their proper places in line1 each unit assembling on the leading element of the column and reforming in line4 ,the platoon or squad leaders conduct their units toward the element or point indicated by the captain1 and to their places in line2 the company is reformed in line4 ,illustration3 ,assembled on the first or right squad4 ,illustration ,being in skirmish line1 to advance by a succession of thin lines3 #a4 7,such numbers71 forward1 #b4 ,,march4 ,the captain points out in advance the selected position in front of the line occupied4 ,the designated number of each squad moves to the front2 the line thus formed preserves the original intervals as nearly as practicable2 when this line has advanced a suitable distance 7generally from #ajj to #bej yards1 depending upon the terrain and the character of the hostile fire71 a second is sent forward by similar commands1 and so on at irregular distances until the whole line has advanced4 ,upon arriving at the indicated position1 the first line is halted4 ,successive lines1 upon arriving1 halt on line with the first and the men take their proper places in the skirmish line4 ,the first line is led by the platoon leader of the right platoon1 the second by the guide of the right platoon1 and so on in order from right to left1 by the officers and non-commissioned officers in the file closers4 ,the advance is conducted in quick time unless conditions demand a faster gait4 ,the company having arrived at the indicated position1 a further advance by the same means may be advisable4 ,the advance in a succession of thin lines is used to cross a wide stretch swept1 or likely to be swept1 by artillery fire or heavy1 long-range rifle fire which cannot profitably be returned4 ,its purpose is the building up a strong skirmish line preparatory to engaging in a fire fight4 ,this method of advancing results in serious 7though temporary7 loss of control over the company4 ,its advantage lies in the fact that it offers a less definite target1 hence is less likely to draw fire4 ,the above are suggestions4 ,other and better formations may be devised to fit particular cases4 ,the best formation is the one which advances the line farthest with the least loss of men1 time1 and control4 ,,field ,,exercises ,these exercises1 as well as combat exercises1 are for instruction in duties incident to campaign4 ,to receive the maximum benefit from them you must know the assumed situation of each exercise4 ,,the ,,fire ,,attack ,the principles governing the advance of the firing line in attack are considered in the chapters on ,attack and ,defense4 ,when it becomes impracticable for the company to advance as a whole by ordinary means1 it advances by rushes4 ,being in skirmish line3 #a4 ,by platoon 7two platoons1 squad1 four men1 etc47 from the right 7left71 #b4 ,,rush4 ,the platoon leader on the indicated flank carefully arranges the details for a prompt and vigorous execution of the rush and puts it into effect as soon as practicable4 ,if necessary1 he designates the leader for the indicated fraction4 ,when about to rush1 he causes the men of the fraction to cease firing and to hold themselves flat1 but in readiness to spring forward instantly4 ,the leader of the rush 7at the signal of the platoon leader1 if the latter be not the leader of the rush7 commands3 ,follow me1 and running at top speed1 leads the fraction to the new line1 where he halts it and causes it to open fire4 ,the leader of the rush selects the new line if it has not been previously designated4 ,the first fraction having established itself on the new line1 the next like fraction is sent forward by its platoon leader1 without further command of the captain1 and so on1 successively1 until the entire company is on the line established by the first rush4 ,if two or more platoons are ordered to rush1 the senior platoon leader takes charge of them1 and the junior 7or juniors7 carries out the wishes of the senior4 ,a part of the line having advanced1 the captain may increase or decrease the size of the fractions to complete the movement4 ,when the company forms a part of the firing line1 the rush of the company as a whole is conducted by the captain1 as described for a platoon in the preceding paragraph4 ,the captain leads the rush2 platoon leaders lead their respective platoons1 platoon guides follow the line to insure prompt and orderly execution of the advance4 ,when the foregoing method of rushing1 by running1 becomes impracticable1 any method of advance that brings the attack closer to the enemy1 such as crawling1 should be employed4 ,quibbling over minor details shows a failure to grasp the big ideas4 ,,chapter ,,vi ,,fire ,,superiority ,do not study this chapter until you begin your extended order drills4 ,if the authors of this text were requested to select for you the most important of all information that you will receive during your instruction at a training camp1 they would advise you to take home that contained in this chapter4 ,if you have learned fully so much you will have done well4 ,if you have failed to comprehend as much as this1 you will have returned to your homes lacking in important knowledge4 ,if you are on the battle-field and propose to crush the other side 7defeat the enemy71 you have got to do one thing3 you have got to make your rifle fire better than his1 and you have got to keep it better4 ,the proposition is this3 ,the enemy is on the defense4 ,he is in a number-one1 first-class trench4 ,it is constructed with steel1 concrete1 and sandbags4 ,it has all the improvements that science can devise4 ,your business is to attack and crush the enemy4 ,how can you advance over exposed ground against such a position8 ,the man behind all those modern improvements has got to stick his head up more or less when he fires4 ,if the volume and rate and accuracy of your fire is greater than his1 he will grow timid about the matter4 ,his fire will become less effective4 ,that is to say1 he cannot have fire superiority4 ,when your side has fire superiority1 it not only can advance upon such a position but it can do so without ruinous losses1 and with hope of success4 ,to obtain this fire superiority it is necessary to produce a heavier volume of accurate fire than your opponent can produce4 ,we can get a proper conception of the ideas involved by imagining two firemen in a fight armed with hose4 ,one has a larger hose and a greater water pressure than the other4 ,all else being equal1 we can foresee clearly who will be the victor and who will be defeated4 ,the more water one throws into the other's face1 the less accurate and effective will the other's aim become4 ,this is equally true with bullets4 ,put a man on the target range1 where no danger whatsoever is involved1 and he may fire with a nice degree of accuracy4 ,put him on the battle-field with a great number of bullets whizzing around his head1 and he must be a trained veteran to fire with the same accuracy4 ,this is true simply because we have been made that way4 ,the volume and accuracy of fire depend upon several considerations3 7a7 ,of primary importance is the number of rifles employed4 ,let us imagine a battle-line one mile long4 ,it is obvious that we cannot have one man firing behind another4 ,we don't want to destroy our own men4 ,they must1 therefore1 be placed side by side4 ,each man must have sufficient room to operate his rifle4 ,experience tells us that we must not have more than one man per yard4 ,we thus see that our battle-line of a mile can only have about eighteen hundred rifles4 7b7 ,the rate of fire affects its volume2 an excessive rate reduces its accuracy4 ,if you were hunting tigers1 you can easily imagine where one well-aimed and well-timed shot could be of more use to you and more harm to the tiger than half a dozen shots fired too rapidly4 7c7 ,if the target is large1 is clear 7can be easily seen71 and is but a short distance from you1 your fire1 for reasons that do not require explanations1 can be more rapid4 ,greater density increases the effect4 ,suppose a hundred deer were grazing on a hill2 you would be more likely to kill some deer than if only a half dozen were there4 7d7 ,the position of the target influences the effect of fire4 ,suppose that ten men were lined up in a row against a wall and that it is your business to kill the lot with a rifle4 ,if you are in front of them1 ten shots at least will be required4 ,but it is possible for you to take a position in prolongation of the line 7on its flank7 and kill the entire number with one bullet4 7,this also illustrates the extreme vulnerability of flanks47 ,what are the important steps that must be taken if you are going to get this fire superiority8 #ast1 ,fire ,direction4 #b;d1 ,fire ,control4 #c;d1 ,fire ,discipline4 ,,fire ,,direction ,a company that cannot start firing or stop firing1 that cannot fire faster or slower1 that cannot distribute equally its fire over an opposing target1 that cannot switch its fire from one place to another and make bull's-eyes1 would be as unsuccessful in battle to-day as ,harvard's football team would be1 without practice1 in its final game with ,yale4 ,the team work in no department of athletics is as necessary or vital as that of a military force1 the teamwork of a military machine4 ,the first is a sport1 a limited time being involved4 ,the second is a question of life and death to the nation4 ,it requires a nice and cool judgment1 under actual conditions of war1 to point out and distribute properly the target to the different groups1 to find the exact range1 and give all these instructions 7directions7 that will be necessary to produce an effective fire upon the enemy4 ,who is responsible for giving these instructions 7fire direction71 and exactly what are all the conditions that must be fulfilled in order that each individual on the firing line may know exactly where and how to fire8 ,the captain 7company commander7 is responsible for all4 ,in the military world there is no such thing as shifting responsibilities4 ,the commander assumes full responsibility1 whether things go right or wrong4 ,he must handle his job through his subordinates 7platoon leaders74 #ast1 ,he points out the target to his platoon leaders4 #b;d1 ,he assigns a part of the target to each platoon1 in such a manner that the entire target 7objective7 will be covered 7fired upon74 #c;d1 ,he determines and gives the men the distance to the objective 7range74 #dth1 ,he indicates the kind of fire to be employed 7that is1 whether each man will fire as he pleases1 fire five shots and then stop1 et cetera74 #eth1 ,he indicates when the company is to commence firing4 #fth1 ,thereafter the captain observes what effect his company's fire is producing1 and corrects flagrant 7material7 errors4 ,he prevents the exhaustion of his ammunition and distributes such extra ammunition as may be received from the rear4 ,,fire ,,control ,we have just described what the captain directs4 ,now we must put his directions 7orders7 into effect4 ,this is done through his platoon leaders1 assisted by the platoon guides and the corporals4 #ast1 ,the platoon leaders point out and describe their part of the objective 7target7 to the corporals4 #b;d1 ,they assign a particular part of the objective to each corporal with the view of covering equally with the fire the entire objective4 #c;d1 ,they announce the range 7distance to the objective7 to their platoons4 #dth1 ,if any part of the line cannot see the objective1 the platoon leaders must make the changes so that it can see1 or so that its fire will be effective4 #eth1 ,they order their platoons to open fire at the proper time4 ,thereafter they observe the target and make any necessary changes to keep the fire effective1 i4e41 fire fast or slow1 according to the necessity1 and are on the alert for any commands or signals from the captain4 ,the platoon guides do one thing only3 they watch the firing line and check every breach of fire discipline4 7,see ,fire ,discipline1 below47 ,the corporals have four distinct duties4 #ast1 ,they transmit the commands and signals to their squads when necessary4 #b;d1 ,they observe the conduct of their squads and abate excitement4 #c;d1 ,they do all in their power to enforce discipline4 #dth1 ,they participate in the firing4 ,,fire ,,discipline ,now we come to the individual private on the firing line4 ,all of the above measures for efficiency will come to but little unless the man with the gun can understand and do what he is directed to do4 ,this training is called ,fire ,discipline4 ,fire ,discipline implies1 besides a habit of obedience1 a control of the rifle by the soldier 7the result of training71 which will enable him in action to make hits instead of misses4 ,it embraces3 #ast1 ,taking advantage of the ground4 #b;d1 ,care in setting the sight and delivery of fire4 #c;d1 ,constant attention to the orders of the leaders1 and careful observation of the enemy4 #dth1 ,an increase of fire when the target is favorable1 and a cessation of fire when the enemy disappears4 #eth1 ,economy of ammunition4 ,summary ,fire ,direction is the issuance of instructions regarding the firing4 ,fire ,control is the explanation of these instructions through the platoon leaders4 ,fire ,discipline is the quality which enables the soldier to submit to control and fire efficiently under all conditions4 ,,chapter ,,vii ,,the ,,service ,,of ,,security ,security has the same meaning in the military world as elsewhere4 ,we properly think of the security of our persons1 our property1 our families in connection with the term4 ,in the military world the family1 or community1 being so much larger1 the word security acquires additional dignity4 ,a husband and father provides for the protection of his family whether at home or abroad4 ,so does the military commander for his command1 whether it is an army or a squad2 whether it is in camp1 on the march1 in battle1 advancing upon or retreating from the enemy4 ,the end desired is the same in all cases4 ,a study of all the measures adopted by the successful generals in history shows that the means are not very different4 ,a body of troops in camp is protected 7made secure7 by the use of groups placed between the enemy and the camp4 ,we were told by a bee expert in ,arizona that a limited number of bees remained in the vicinity of the hive4 ,they were quick to observe and resist 7the two great duties of an outpost7 any intruder4 ,suppose that you are in a part of the jungles of ,borneo where wild ,mohammedan tribes still exist1 that you have had a strenuous day's march1 and it is time for you to halt and camp for the night4 ,if you are a thoughtful and experienced hunter you will pitch your camp where its protection will be least difficult4 ,a few wild men may severely punish you for a lack of judgment in the matter4 ,they may probably spring from a weak and unexpected quarter when the occasion is least favorable for you4 ,and unless the members of your camp know that you have exercised wise discretion1 and that there are proper measures for their security1 they will be unable to obtain the needed repose for the following day's work4 ,from this we can see the important business 7function7 of an outpost4 ,as a father would interpose himself between his wife and children and an attacking bulldog1 so would a military commander provide a similar protection for his camp4 ,we see from this one of the big duties of an outpost commander1 i4e41 especial attention should be devoted to the direction from which the enemy 7bulldog7 is coming or is thought to be coming1 and a probably less degree of attention to other points4 ,consider yourself a member of ,general ,sherman's army during its march from the ,north on ,atlanta4 ,you are to camp for the night on a very open piece of ground4 ,you do not know where the enemy is1 but you believe that he is somewhere south of you4 ,the troops are tired4 ,they have had a long1 hard march4 ,let us suppose it is your duty to provide the security of the main body for the night4 ,general ,sherman has given you a certain number of men for this purpose4 ,just how would you go about it8 ,regardless of other considerations1 it is imperative that your own main force be not surprised or caught off guard by any contingency1 however exceptional4 ,to secure this immunity1 it is necessary to send men or groups of men in the direction of the probable advance of the enemy1 anti to arrange these men or groups of men so that they can be of assistance to each other4 ,this we call forming an outpost4 ,it may be possible to have a line of protection extending around the entire camp4 ,it must be extended and arranged so as to keep the enemy so far away from our main body that he cannot observe our numbers or our position4 ,the enemy must not be permitted to approach close enough to the main body to annoy or surprise it4 ,experience shows that all of this is best accomplished by placing3 #ast1 some groups or line of groups farthest from our main body and closest to the enemy in order to observe1 to report the movements of the enemy1 and1 when necessary1 to make a temporary resistance2 #b;d1 a line of resistance 7supporting groups7 called supports upon which the first line can retire before1 being swamped by superior numbers2 #c;d1 large groups1 or line of groups 7line of reserves71 so located that they may go to the assistance of the second line in case of necessity4 ,such arrangements may be illustrated by the following diagram4 ,illustration3 ,,plate ,,showing ,,the ,,main ,,ideas ,,involved ,,in ,,security ,danger zone ,cavalry ,danger zone ---- ,danger zone --- --- ,cavalry -- -- ,cavalry -- -- -- -- _/ -- -- _/ _/ _/ ---- ---- _/ _/ ----------- _/ ,,main ,,body _/ ----------- ,line of observation4 ,line of reserves - ,occupied by small to move forward to groups4 ,drive back help line of supports4 enemy patrols4 ,line of supports on line of resistance4 ,rallying point for small groups in front4 ,note that distances from the line of observation to the main body increase as the groups increase in size4 ,the reserves are the largest groups4 ,the groups on the ,line of observation are the smallest4 ,it is most important to note that the groups are placed according to the conditions and circumstances of the particular case4 ,don't follow any blind rules4 ,your judgment must tell you when to place this group here and not to place that group there4 ,have as few men on such duty as practicable4 ,if a swamp1 or a large body of water here1 very small groups will afford the necessary security4 ,if a forest1 or steep hills here1 very small parties will afford the necessary security4 ,assume that we want to afford security for our main body from any especially dangerous sector such as ,,abc4 ,our cavalry is in front of our first line and in touch with the enemy4 ,the danger zone represents the direction from which the enemy is expected4 ,this plan must be modified according to the particular case4 ,let us suppose that we are camping by a large body of water1 or that we are surrounded by mountains4 ,we can easily imagine where we could change the above general plan so as to give adequate protection and at the same time lessen the number of men detailed for security4 ,we must never forget that men are generally tired when they arrive in camp1 and that we should make their work as light as circumstances permit4 ,it requires a nice judgment to choose the correct number for security4 ,we should know the names of these groups4 ,farthest away is the line that sees1 and reports what it sees1 but can offer only a limited resistance4 ,this is called the line of observation or the line of outguards4 ,in rear of the line of outguards we have larger groups placed at greater distances4 ,these are called supports4 ,this is the line that fights4 ,this is the line that makes extensive preparations for fighting 7or resisting74 ,it is called the line of supports or the line of resistance4#b ,we have one farther and last line of groups which is still larger and occupies still greater distances than the two we have just discussed4 ,this is the safety valve and is called the reserve1 or the line of reserves4 ,this is the line that gives a sound factor of safety4 ,it will only be called upon in cases of emergency and may therefore generally enjoy a considerable degree of repose4 ,but it and the line of supports combined must have sufficient strength to delay the enemy1 in case of a general attack1 long enough for our main body to form for battle4 ,let us look at the line of outguards for further important considerations and distinctions4 ,the enemy's movements and operations should ordinarily be expected where there are for him least difficulties4 ,large 7dangerous7 bodies of troops find trouble in marshes1 thick forests1 steep mountainous country4 ,they avoid these obstacles as much as possible1 selecting open country1 solid soil1 strong bridges1 and good roads4 ,here is where large and strong groups in opposition are necessary4 ,small and unimportant groups 7or no groups at all7 should be placed where the enemy's advance is exceptionally difficult4 ,finally1 there will be places between these last two extremes that require just an average amount of attention1 that is to say1 require groups of medium strength4 ,the groups that are largest and are used at the important places where danger is most expected1 are called ,pickets4 7,these consist of from two squads of eight men each to eight squads47 ,the least important groups are called ,cossack ,posts4 7,these consist of four men1 usually a noncommissioned officer and three privates47 ,the groups of average importance are called ,sentry ,squads4 7,these consist of eight men1 a corporal and seven privates47 ,having discussed in broad terms the security of troops in camp1 we are prepared to consider their security while either advancing upon or retreating from the enemy4 ,in either case groups are placed between our main body and the actual or supposed position of the hostile troops4 ,when we are advancing upon an enemy our advanced groups constitute what we term the advance guard4 ,if we are retreating from the enemy1 our rear groups compose the rear guard4 ,the main general ideas of an advance guard are illustrated by the husband who takes his wife and family to his house after an evening's absence4 ,the house is dark and without occupants4 ,the wife and children are apprehensive of danger4 ,the husband goes first1 turns on the light1 and searches for any indications of an enemy4 ,he looks1 if desirable1 in the closets and under the beds4 ,if there is any one that may harm his family it is his duty to find out and dispose of him4 ,in the advance guard we have exactly the same general scheme as with outposts4 ,far advanced to the front 7and often to the sides or flanks7 we have small groups 7called1 when considered collectively1 the advance party7 whose business it is to inform us of the presence of the enemy4 ,next we have a large group 7support7 to assist these small and rather helpless ones in advance in case of difficulty4 ,and last we have a still larger group 7reserve7 that may be called upon in great emergencies4 ,we should fully understand that all these groups are out to accomplish several ends1 but their one great and ultimate object should be to push on ahead of the main body so that it may be secure and its march uninterrupted4 ,to accomplish this it is desirable to get all possible information about the enemy2 it is also desirable to keep him from getting any information about your own troops4 ,the ideas are nearly the same with rear guards4 ,note this important difference3 if1 in an advance upon the enemy1 your advance guard should suddenly be fired upon1 your main body would 7temporarily7 halt4 ,if1 in a retreat1 your rear guard is halted by the enemy's fire1 your main body would normally be marching farther from it4 ,in the first case assistance is near at hand4 ,in the second it is withdrawing4 ,the rear guard in a retreat should therefore be a little larger than in an advance4 ,it must be able to extricate itself from any situation however difficult or it loses its usefulness4 ,its commander should have a cool1 level head4 ,to delay the enemy and thus assist the main body to escape is his mission4 ,for him to remain too long in a good position might endanger not only his safety but that of the main body as well4 ,,chapter ,,viii ,,attack ,,and ,,defense ,the ,european ,war has demonstrated more clearly than ever before two points in attack and defense4 ,first1 no people1 or group of people1 can claim a monopoly on bravery4 ,they all move forward and give up their lives with the same utter abandon4 ,courage being equal1 the advantage goes to him in the attack who possesses superior leaders1 greater training1 and better equipment4 ,second1 a man's training and courage1 his clear eye and steady nerve1 his soul's blood and iron1 constitute a better defense than steel and concrete4 ,a soldier has little business attacking or defending anything in this day unless he is an athlete1 unless he is skilled in the technique of manoeuver1 unless he is a good shot1 unless he knows the value of many features of the terrain 7which means the nature of the country--its hills1 rivers1 mountains1 depressions1 etc4--considered from a military point of view71 unless he is disciplined to a splendid degree1 and unless his training has imbued him with an irresistible desire to push forward1 to get at his opponent4 ,assuming1 at least1 as much as this1 we are prepared to consider the subject of the attack 7the offensive74 ,to have your troops superior in number1 condition1 training1 equipment1 and morale to that of your enemy2 to be at the right place1 at the right time1 and there to deliver a smashing1 terrific blow--this is the greatest principle of the attack4 ,and history shows that victory goes more often to him who attacks4 ,initiative in war is no less valuable than in business life4 ,become at once imbued with the desire to put the other fellow on the defensive4 ,that makes him somewhat dependent upon your own actions4 ,that gives you opportunities to fool him that he does not so fully enjoy4 ,your commander can elect to attack any point of the defensive line4 ,your dead and wounded--always a demoralizing element--are left behind4 ,your target is stationary4 ,your side is closing in4 ,the enemy is straining every nerve to fire faster and more effectively1 and still your side is closing in4 ,there is the thrill of motion4 ,to attack1 you will usually require a greater number of troops than the defense4 ,why so8 ,because you will be more exposed4 ,you will have to move forward1 however dangerous the ground4 ,your enemy1 for his protection1 will be certain to utilize and improve every advantage of cover4 ,your losses will be greater4 ,you should have a greater number of reserves to fill the depleted ranks4 ,if the defensive can maintain a better 7superior7 fire1 that is to say1 a fire that kills and wounds a greater number than the opposing fire 7this we call fire superiority71 he will stop the advance of the attacking force unless that force is so superior in numbers that it can send forward reinforcements after reinforcements as an ocean sends shoreward its series of waves4 ,suppose that you were in command of a group of men and that you were ordered to attack4 ,just what principal points should you weigh8 ,first1 you should avail yourself of every opportunity to obtain all information of military value1 such as the enemy's strength1 his position1 and intentions4 ,for this you would have to send out groups of reconnoitering patrols exceptionally skilled in woodcraft1 or trained to gather information4 ,as soon as such information as is available is reported to you1 you should at once begin the consideration of all the important elements that affect your problem4 ,you must not lose sight of what you were sent out to do 7your mission74 ,consider how this and that fact bear upon your course of action 7estimate the situation74 ,for instance3 the enemy's force is reported to be greatly inferior to your own4 ,he is out of supplies4 ,he is greatly fatigued with forced marches4 ,his morale is shattered on account of recent and frequent reverses4 ,his camp is disorganized4 ,it is poorly guarded4 ,certain roads are in fine condition4 ,others are very poor4 ,your troops are in splendid shape and excellent spirits4 ,they believe that they can crush the enemy and want to attack4 ,as you easily see1 all such points have great significance in sizing up the case 7estimating the situation74 ,having estimated the situation1 you should investigate and consider all possible courses of attack that are open to you4 ,don't ask any advice from any one4 ,select the course that appears to offer the greatest chance of success4 ,make up your mind what you are going to do 7come to a decision74 ,having come to a decision1 stick to it1 right or wrong4 ,your next and final thing to do is to put your decision into action4 ,to do that1 give your subordinates the information they should possess2 tell them what you are going to do and how you are going to do it2 i4e41 issue your orders4 ,a study of the orders of successful generals in history teaches us that we will be greatly aided in issuing them1 if we will observe a system4 ,we understand an order more easily and quickly if it conforms to some plan with which we are familiar4 ,in order to give your group an opportunity to act with a greater degree of teamwork1 and intelligence in case of an emergency1 it is necessary to give it data 7information7 concerning the enemy4 ,your men should know where there are friendly troops4 ,now tell them what you are going to do 7your plan71 whether it be to attack1 retire1 or assume the defensive4 ,and then order the execution of that plan by assigning to each group its task4 ,next tell 7direct7 what is to be done with the wagons 7trains71 and last1 state where you may be found at any time in case of need or where messages may be sent to you4 ,having issued the order1 let us now observe the progress of the attack4 ,you are probably three or four thousand yards from the enemy4 ,his position is invisible4 ,his artillery has opened fire4 ,your artillery is replying4 ,the troops must advance cautiously over exposed ground4 ,they are not firing4 ,they are not deployed for action 7in battle line74 ,they are waiting to get within as short a distance of the enemy's line as possible1 for their ammunition is limited2 and after troops are actually launched in the attack1 control over them1 for ordinary purposes1 is practically lost4 ,the farther from the enemy the attack is launched1 the longer the exposure to their fire and the greater the number of casualties1 so the leaders of the different groups are taking advantage of all the accidents of the ground1 of all cover in advancing4 ,they are using one formation here1 another there1 with a view to minimizing the losses and reaching an advantageous position as soon as possible where they can open an effective fire on the enemy4 ,now the enemy's fire is severe4 ,casualties are becoming heavy4 ,the men are growing restless4 ,it is necessary to return the fire4 ,fire superiority should be gained at once4 ,don't move forward until you gain it4 ,if difficult to gain1 use every means at your disposal4 ,when you have it1 keep it4 ,part of your men can advance when your side has fire superiority4 ,the remainder of the firing line should fire faster to maintain that superiority4 ,if you lose fire superiority1 regain it4 ,if necessary1 troops from the rear will generally be sent forward4 ,now you are approaching the point where the charge is to be made4 ,bayonets are fixed2 not all at one time1 for that would affect the advantage that you possess with your fire4 ,groups that have been held back in support are advanced4 ,these are to be used at decisive moments4 ,they are held well in hand4 ,the firing line is lost in noise and confusion4 ,not so the supports2 control is exercised over them4 ,if they are not used in the attack they can be used to great advantage to complete the discomfort of the enemy after the clash 7shock74 ,there is at last1 if the enemy remains in his position1 the clash4 ,bayonet against bayonet1 man against man1 nerve against nerve4 ,apply the great principle of attack and decide for yourself who the victor will be4 ,if successful1 then organize your men and prepare for the pursuit or for the return 7counter attack7 of the enemy4 ,now you are to handle groups on the defense4 ,you must bear in mind that there are two kinds of defense3 first1 where you do nothing but defend 7passive defense72 second1 where you defend1 but temporarily1 with the idea of attacking the enemy as soon as a favorable opportunity arises 7active defense74 ,let us assume that you have been ordered by superior authority to locate and prepare a definite position to check the advance of an enemy4 ,just what main points should you bear in mind8 ,suppose you have found an ideal position2 what conditions should it fulfil8 ,you should be able to see the enemy long before he arrives at your position4 ,intervening objects and trees would make that impossible4 ,you should be hidden from his view4 ,the ends of your lines 7your flanks7 should rest1 if possible1 on ground easy to defend2 for instance1 a high mountain1 a large body of water1 or an impassable swamp4 ,a few acres of ground will not hold tens of thousands of men4 ,therefore the extent of the ground must be suitable for the size of your group 7force or command74 ,it would be of great advantage to have such cover that one group 7for instance1 a support7 could move from this position to that without danger of being fired upon or observed4 ,a wise general has plans for any contingency4 ,he is either going to win or he is not going to win4 ,if he loses1 he should have a means of escape 7retreat74 ,in selecting his position he should place it where the enemy must attack or give up his mission4 ,verdun had to be attacked before the advance on ,paris from the east was practicable4 ,in defense there is a generous allowance of advantages4 ,usually you have time to select and prepare your position4 ,by preparing a position we mean1 you can dig trenches1 destroy intervening objects that obstruct the view of what you should see1 construct obstacles that will embarrass the enemy in his advance1 estimate 7or determine7 distances to important places4 ,you have opportunities for collecting ammunition1 arranging wires for communication1 establishing stations for the wounded4 ,troops in motion are easier to see4 ,you are not called upon for as much physical strain as the attacking troops4 ,you are less fatigued4 ,your machine guns are better concealed and the gunners know the ranges better than those of the attack4 ,but it is most distressing to a man on the defense to see the enemy1 regardless of everything he can do1 advance step by step4 ,he begins to question within himself the efficacy of his fire1 which is to doubt his own ability4 ,the more he questions and worries1 the less effective his aim becomes4 ,his comrades are dead and wounded about him4 ,their cries of distress are heard above the noise and confusion of battle4 ,he becomes less methodical and deliberate in his actions4 ,his shooting becomes high and wild4 ,this becomes generally true4 ,the attacking force gains fire superiority4 ,suppose that it is actually your business to construct a defensive position4 ,just how will you assign the tasks8 ,what are the important things to be done at first1 and what1 if time is pressing1 may with least hardship be omitted8 ,you would first cut down trees1 blow up buildings1 destroy crops that prevented you from seeing in any direction of danger4 ,next you should provide protection 7concealment and cover71 so that there will be as few casualties as possible4 ,then do what is in your power to make it most difficult for the enemy to arrive at your position2 i4e41 construct some barbwire fences 7entanglements7 that he will be unable to cross4 ,have your expert range finders determine and make notes of the distances to important points from which the enemy must advance4 ,next1 dig ditches 7trenches7 so that your groups 7supports or reserves7 may pass from one point to another without danger4 ,now take steps to protect your most vital and vulnerable points1 your flanks4 ,have them so strong1 if practicable1 that the enemy will leave them alone4 ,assign to each group of men a section of the ground to defend4 ,having done these important things1 then go about those things that will make you more comfortable in the trenches4 ,,chapter ,,ix ,,general ,,principles ,,of ,,target ,,practice ,the most thrilling experience you will have at a training camp will probably come when you step up to the firing line on the target range to fire your first shot4 ,the great majority of new men grow pale1 become nervous1 lose their calm and poise1 while they are on the firing line4 ,this is a fact1 not a theory4 ,and this loss of nerve is not confined to the new man4 ,any shot1 however old and experienced1 will tell you that he fully understands what we have just described4 ,to become a good shot1 we must solve a mental condition that corresponds in a way to that of beginners in golf4 ,and we must master some details in technique4 ,we should know something about the machine 7rifle7 we are to operate4 ,we must know what the sights are and how to use them4 ,we should know how those men most successful in the science and art of shooting hold the rifle under different conditions1 how they adjust their slings1 how they prepare 7blacken7 their sights and care for their rifles1 what practice and preparation they take1 and what bits of advice they have to offer4 ,the primitive man had no means of accurately aiming his crude devices to throw stones4 ,but in this day and age we have4 ,the modern rifle is one of the most perfect pieces of scientific machinery in the world4 ,very shortly after you arrive in camp your captain will explain to you its sights and how they are adjusted4 lie has a sighting bar for that purpose4 ,it will take you only a few minutes to grasp the subject when you have a rifle in your hands1 and your instructor is pointing out and explaining just what you should know4 ,on paper it seems to be hard4 ,now you will want to learn how to load your piece 7rifle71 work your bolt1 and squeeze the trigger4 ,simple as these points may seem1 you will have something to learn after you have been at it ten years4 ,practise6 practise6 practise6 ,sit on your bunk and work your bolt ten thousand times before you go on the range4 ,get in the habit of doing it quickly4 ,learn to keep your piece at your shoulder while you pull the bolt back and push it home4 ,learn to make the fewest possible motions of your body in working it4 ,to pull a bolt back and push it forward seems to be a simple thing to do4 ,it is simple4 ,but when you are actually firing at the target1 experience tells you that you will have more trouble and a greater collection of hard luck stories to amuse your friends with than you ever imagined possible1 unless you have had plenty of practice4 ,to squeeze a trigger seems to be a simple thing to do4 ,it is simple4 ,but after you have been squeezing triggers for twenty years you will have something more to learn about it4 ,ninety-five per cent4 of the failures on the target range in the training camps come from not squeezing the trigger properly4 ,you can't learn how to squeeze it on paper4 ,you have got to practise4 ,every time you work your bolt1 squeeze your trigger4 ,get in some extra squeezes4 ,you will find that your whole muscular and nervous system will need to be coordinated and harmonized4 ,after you have been long about it you will find an extreme delicacy in its operation4 ,you will find that it requires a great deal more than a finger4 ,all the muscles of your hand and arm will be required4 ,we cannot overemphasize the importance of squeezing your trigger4 ,when you learn to do this without jumping 7flinching71 without moving an eyelash1 you are making progress and are prepared for more advanced work4 ,why do you suppose we have gallery practice1 i4e41 practice with a greatly reduced charge of powder8 ,simply to determine and correct your errors4 ,we assume that you have normal sight and that you are in fair physical condition4 ,suppose that you make a perfect score4 ,what conditions must you fulfil8 #ast1 ,you must aim in exactly the same way every time4 #b;d1 ,at the instant of firing your body must be in perfect repose4 #c;d1 ,you must squeeze your trigger properly 7without a jerk74 ,you could not aim exactly the same way every time unless you understood your sights and unless you could see them plainly4 ,you will be told to blacken them4 ,many forget and fail to do this4 ,they do not fully realize that the sights are much easier to see when blackened1 and that therefore the chances of hitting the bull's-eye are much greater4 ,theres no more luck in shooting than there is in solving a problem in geometry1 or in a game of billiards4 ,its all practice1 nerve1 and science4 ,your body cannot be in repose at the instant you fire unless you have your sling properly adjusted1 unless you are reasonably comfortable 7not constrained71 and unless you1 temporarily1 stop breathing4 ,your body must be1 for an instant1 a vise4 ,any trivial thing such as a puff of wind1 a jerk of the trigger1 or a noise near you1 will ordinarily change your hold and throw you off the bull's-eye4 ,suppose you are making a poor score4 ,what is the trouble8 ,in the first place don't blame it on the rifle or the ammunition4 ,assume full responsibility yourself4 ,you are the responsible party4 ,practise a great deal and see if you can locate the fault4 ,if you cannot1 your captain will assist you4 ,when we go from gallery practice to the target range1 where we fire the service rifle with the service charge1 we find a great difference in the recoil of the rifle and in the sound4 ,the good ,lord has made our muscles and nervous system to react automatically at danger or anything connected with it4 ,that is probably why we shudder and close our eyes when a door is slammed very near to us4 ,but sound1 unless we get too close1 does not hurt any one1 and we should steel our nerves to remember that fact when we are firing4 ,we also know that there is going to be a certain amount of recoil of the rifle4 ,but if you will hold your sling as you have been instructed1 if you will provide yourself with proper elbow and shoulder padding1 the authors of this text assure you that you will experience no pain or harm from the recoil4 ,it is their judgment that if you are healthy and can see and will go on the range with your jaws set to fire with anything like your gallery practice coolness1 and calmness1 you will qualify4 ,your greatest stumbling block will be your rapid fire4 ,this is where you fire a definite number of shots in a limited time4 ,and this is where you will experience the extreme amount of nervousness4 ,when you return from firing your first score at rapid fire1 and have had time to think calmly over your actions1 you will probably realize that your nerves were pitched up in ,g and that you did a number of foolish things4 ,you should realize that you are not an exceptional man4 ,ninety-nine out of every hundred normal1 virile men are more or less nervous when they first step up for rapid fire4 ,practice and will power are the correctives4 ,let us suppose that you have ten shots to fire in two minutes4 ,if you fire your ten shots in one minute it is plain that you return unused one minute given to you4 ,this minute may have been of great use to you in getting closer to the bull's-eye4 ,if you fire at the rate of ten shots in three minutes1 it is plain that when your two minutes shall have expired you have missed the opportunity of firing four times at the bull's-eye4 ,get one of your bunkies to go back of your tent and time you4 ,then swap about and you hold the watch for him4 ,try to make of yourself a machine that finishes the ten shots just before the time expires4 ,and here is a little rule of thumb we want you to bear constantly in mind while you are having rapid fire3 ,load your piece quickly1 but aim and squeeze your trigger deliberately4 ,keep cool4 ,the best shot in the company is the man who practises the most4 ,,chapter ,x ,,practice ,,march ,,or ,,hike ,the manoeuver practice march will be the most instructive1 the most pleasant1 and one of the hardest periods of your service4 ,you will return from it proud of the hardships you have undergone and capable of speaking with authority on many practical matters pertaining to soldiering4 ,you will be able to amuse yourself and your friends with reminiscences of the many incidents which you will never forget4 ,it is during the practice march that you will put into practical use the tactical principles and battle formations of which1 up to that time1 you will have heard at lectures1 or which you will have executed in a mechanical manner at drill4 ,you will return from each march with a knowledge of many practical points on camp sanitation1 of the pleasures and hardships incident to manoeuver warfare1 and of the manner in which a soldier adapts himself to changing conditions1 all of which cannot be learned from books or lectures4 ,the practice march demands a large expenditure of physical and mental energy2 however1 the hardships are greatly exaggerated by the old soldiers4 ,to make up a set of equipment1 to assist in cleaning up camp and loading trucks1 to march and fight for a distance of ten or twelve miles while carrying a heavy pack on the back and a nine-pound gun on the shoulder1 and upon reaching camp to pitch your tent1 make up your bed1 do some fatigue work1 and probably some guard duty in addition1 all in one day1 is a hard physical strain on the average man4 ,by obeying implicitly the advice of your company commander1 you will greatly lessen the hardships incident to a practice march1 and by disobeying it you may possibly undergo the mortification of having to drop out of ranks and be jeered at by the passing column4 ,the following suggestions1 if followed implicitly1 will lessen the hardship of the hike4 ,,marching ,,rules #a4 ,adjust your equipment1 if necessary1 at the first halt4 #b4 ,do not leave the column without the express permission of your company company commander4 #c4 ,keep in your proper place in the column4 #d4 keep forty inches from the man in front of you4 ,,halts ,halts are made for the purpose of resting4 ,take advantage of the opportunity by sitting down at once along the side of the road near the place where your squad will form when the march is resumed4 ,remain seated until the command to fall in is given4 ,sit down in such a way that you do not support the weight of the pack on your shoulders while resting4 ,don't go wandering off into people's yards or orchards4 ,relax as completely as possible4 ,get into place immediately when the signal is given4 ,,camping ,two men tent together--the front rank man and his rear rank file4 ,alter pitching your tent1 get inside and level off the ground4 ,cut a drain around the tent to carry the water off2 this should be done even in pleasant weather4 ,in case you do not trench your tent and a sudden rain comes1 your blankets may get wet and you will probably lose some much-needed rest and sleep4 ,if the tent pins will not stay in the ground1 cut some small sticks to a length of about twelve inches and use them as tent pins4 ,,preparing ,,your ,,bed ,after you have pitched your tent1 get some hay1 grass1 straw1 or leaves and cover the floor4 ,place one poncho on this1 then one or two blankets on top of the poncho to sleep on1 and use the remaining blankets as cover4 ,spread the other poncho over the tent4 ,many men are careless about making a comfortable bed4 ,you will be rewarded with large dividends if you are zealous in making yourself comfortable4 ,arrange your equipment at the rear just under the small triangle4 ,get your meat can1 knife1 fork1 spoon1 and tin cup out where they will be handy4 ,,making ,,up ,,your ,,pack ,immediately after reveille1 take down your tent and make up your pack4 ,place your extra blankets on the pile with those of the other members of your squad4 ,make up your surplus kit bundle and put it in the surplus kit bag4 ,,water ,fill your canteen each evening1 as the water wagons sometimes do not reach camp before the morning march is commenced4 ,excessive water drinking on the march is the besetting sin of the inexperienced soldier4 ,one swallow of water calls for another4 ,soon your canteen is empty4 ,your stomach feels uncomfortable4 ,you are still thirsty4 ,if it is necessary to replace some of the water of the body which is lost by perspiration1 and this is often necessary1 first gargle out the mouth and throat and spit the water out2 then take a swallow or two1 but be careful not to drink to excess4 ,injudicious and excessive water drinking fills the hospital ambulances and auto trucks with men who should be in ranks4 ,one half a canteen of water is sufficient for you on any march you will have to make4 ,after you arrive in camp and have cooled off a little1 drink as much water as you desire1 but do so slowly4 ,,care ,,of ,,the ,,feet ,the infantryman's feet are his means of transportation4 ,if you care for them properly1 you will be rewarded4 #a4 ,wash and dry the feet carefully and put on clean socks as soon as practicable after getting into camp4 #b4 ,wash out the socks you have been wearing and hang them out to dry4 #c4 ,do not wear socks with holes in them if you can possibly avoid it4 ,should a hole begin to cause rubbing1 turn the sock inside out or change it to the other foot4 #d4 ,just as soon as you decide to attend a training camp or join the colors1 cut your toe nails square across the ends so they will not grow in4 #e4 ,in case of any foot trouble that you cannot relieve1 report to the surgeon at once4 ,don't wait until you cannot march before reporting4 #f4 ,a ,treatment for ,blisters4 ,be careful not to tear off the skin covering the blister4 ,heat the point of a needle until it is red hot and when it cools insert it under the live skin a little distance away from the blister4 ,push it through to the under side of the bruised skin or blister and then press out the water4 ,to protect the blister1 grease a small piece of chamois with vaseline and place it so that it covers the blister and extends over on the solid skin surrounding it4 ,then place a piece of oxide adhesive tape over the chamois4 ,this method allows the protective covering to be removed without rupturing the skin over the blister and protects the new tender and sensitive skin so that the weight can be rested upon the foot without causing severe pain4 ,one man in each squad should be provided with a needle1 adhesive tape1 a bottle of vaseline1 and a piece of chamois for the common use of the squad4 #g4 ,shoes4 a4 ,be sure they fit your feet4 ,the business shoe you wear at the office won't do for marching when1 with the additional weight you carry1 your foot spreads in breadth and extends in length2 hence your marching shoes should be longer and broader than your business shoes4 ,this is a very important item and should not be neglected4 ,if your shoes are too large1 blisters will result2 if too small1 your foot will be cramped1 and every step will be painful4 b4 ,break your shoes in prior to the practice march4 c4 ,keep your shoes well oiled so they will be soft and pliable and keep out water4 d4 ,if your shoes get wet on the inside heat some small pebbles 7not so hot as to burn leather7 and keep them inside the shoes until dry4 ,,camp ,,sanitation ,in camp you are really your brother's keeper4 ,it is the duty of every man to keep the camp clean1 sanitary1 and livable4 ,constantly bear in mind that a great number of men are living together in a very small area2 that food is being prepared in the open2 that there are no sewers2 and that the ground or dust and streams must not be polluted4 ,obey conscientiously and diligently the following rules3 #a4 ,don't take food to your tent4 #b4 ,use the latrines that are provided4 #c4 ,when possible bathe each day as soon as practicable after you arrive at camp4 #d4 ,don't throw food or fruit peeling on the ground4 #e4 ,dispose of any food you cannot eat by burning in the kitchen incinerator4 #f4 ,keep away from the kitchen and cooks4 #g4 ,don't dip your cup in the drinking water receptacle4 ,use the dipper provided for that purpose4 #h4 ,if sick1 report to a surgeon4 #i4 ,don't litter up the camp with paper4 #aj4 ,get your drinking water and bathe at the authorized places4 ,the camp commander always designates different places for cooking and drinking water1 for watering the animals1 for bathing and washing clothes4 #aa4 ,on leaving camp the ground should be in better condition than when you arrived4 ,all sinks1 latrines1 ditches1 and holes are filled and the earth stamped down2 all combustibles that have no value should be burned and noncombustible matter either buried or piled so it can be carted away4 #ab4 ,all deposits in the rears should be covered with earth4 ,,miscellaneous #a4 ,take great pains each morning to make a neat1 small and solid pack and strap it up securely4 #b4 ,don't put your pack on until ordered to do so by your company commander or first sergeant4 #c4 ,get your pack properly adjusted4 #d4 ,don't take your equipment off during the halts allowed for resting4 #e4 ,don't eat anything or patronize the soft drink stand during a march4 #f4 ,retire early and get a good night's rest4 #g4 ,use only heavy or light wool socks and see that they fit perfectly4 ,if you cannot wear wool socks1 try cotton and then silk socks4 #h4 ,don't overeat or overdrink4 #i4 ,a light pair of sneakers or canvas tennis shoes are serviceable for camp wear in the afternoons and are restful to the feet4 #aj4 ,each morning sprinkle a little talcum powder or footease in the shoes4 #aa4 ,keep the bowels functioning properly4 ,should you become constipated1 report to the doctor for medicine before you begin to feel badly4 #ab4 ,clean your mess kit immediately after each meal4 #ac4 ,respect the property of others4 ,,equipment ,during the hike your equipment for living will be limited to3 7#a7 your pack 7things that you carry on your back71 7#b7 a few authorized articles which are placed in a squad laundry bag 7called a surplus kit71 and 7#c7 a blanket roll4 ,contents of the ,pack #a bacon can4 #a condiment can4 #a blanket4 #a poncho4 #a shelter half 7one-half of a small tent7 #e small tent pins4 #a tooth brush4 #a comb and any other toilet articles desired4 #a cake of soap4 #a or #b towels4 #a extra suit of underwear4 #a pair socks4 #a pair shoe strings4 ,contents of ,surplus ,kit #a pair of breeches4 #a suit of underwear4 #a shirt1 olive drab4 #a shoe laces4 #b pair of socks4 #a pair of shoes 7tan74 ,any other article that may be prescribed by the company commander4 ,the surplus kit of each man will be made up into a neat1 compact bundle1 tied with a string 7use a shoe string for the purpose71 and tagged with the owner's name4 ,these individual kits will be packed in a laundry bag1 called surplus kit bag1 tagged1 one for each squad4 ,contents of ,blanket ,roll #a4 ,extra blankets4 #b4 ,one ramrod for each squad4 #c4 ,any other articles that may be prescribed by the company commander4 ,each squad makes these extra blankets1 etc41 into a long roll which is called the squad blanket roll4 ,a tag is tied to it1 showing to what regiment1 company1 and squad it belongs4 ,notes #a4 ,the bacon can is a convenient place to carry a small face towel1 shaving outfit1 and other small toilet articles4 #b4 ,keep your soap in a soap box4 #c4 ,each squad should have its own cleaning material which should be tied into a small package and carried in the surplus kit bag4 #d4 ,interest in a hike or a manoeuver will be stimulated if at least one member of each squad has a map showing all the camp sites and route of march4 #e4 ,one man in each squad should be provided with a small bottle of iodine1 some absorbent cotton and adhesive tape for the common use of the squad4 ,this saves time for the surgeon and men in caring for minor injuries1 scratches1 etc4 ,,esprit ,,de ,,corps ,have too much esprit de corps to complain of the length of the march1 or to kick about the dust on the road4 ,be self-controlled4 ,don't boast of your ability to march on forever4 ,such remarks are depressing to a tired comrade who is not as physically strong as you4 ,,chapter ,,xi ,,officers' ,,reserve ,,corps ,to make it possible to fill the gaps made in the ,regular ,army1 by the heavy loss of commissioned officers which is inevitable in time of war and to make it possible to train large volunteer armies which are called into existence when war is imminent or actually upon the country1 the ,government has provided for an ,officers' ,reserve ,corps4 ,it is1 indeed1 a patriotic and far-sighted act on the part of a citizen to become a reserve officer1 for1 by so doing1 he will increase his measure of usefulness for the time when his country will need him most and when he will1 if he is a real1 virile man1 desire to be of the utmost service to his country4 ,the ,president alone is authorized to appoint officers in the ,reserve ,corps4 ,each officer must be physically1 mentally1 and morally qualified to hold his commission4 ,the highest rank in the reserve corps will be that of major4 ,age limits for appointment in the line of the ,reserve ,corps3 #bnd ,lieutenants must be under #cb years of age4 #ast ,lieutenants must be under #cf years of age4 ,captains must be under #dj years of age4 ,majors must be under #de years of age4 ,any citizen who thinks that he has the necessary qualifications and desires to become a reserve officer should apply to the ,commanding ,general of the ,department wherein he resides for an application blank and all information pertaining thereto4 ,you must undergo a course of training in camp4 ,we advise you in the strongest terms to go to camp as soon as possible4 ,there are no short cuts in the military business4 ,the most efficient instruction under the most ideal conditions with the most competent officers1 will be found only in camp4 ,,general ,,information ,,concerning ,,the ,,officers' ,,reserve ,,corps ,an officer in the ,reserve ,corps cannot1 without his consent1 be called into service in a lower grade than that held by him in the ,reserve ,corps4 ,when a ,reserve ,officer reaches the age limit fixed for appointment or reappointment in the grade in which commissioned1 he will be honorably discharged from the service of the ,united ,states and he will be entitled to retain his official title1 and1 on occasions of ceremony1 to wear the uniform of the highest grade he held in the ,reserve ,corps4 ,the preceding provisions as to ages of officers do not apply to the appointment or reappointment of officers of the ,quartermaster1 ,engineer1 ,ordnance1 ,signal1 ,judge ,advocate1 and ,medical ,sections of the ,reserve ,corps4 ,a commission in the ,reserve ,corps will cover a period of five years1 except as provided in the preceding paragraph1 unless sooner terminated in the discretion of the ,president4 ,an officer may be recommissioned1 either in the same or a higher grade for successive periods of five years1 subject to examination and age limits4 ,to become eligible for appointment as an officer of the ,officers' ,reserve ,corps a man must be not less than twenty-one years of age and must be a citizen of the ,united ,states4 ,,the ,,officers' ,,reserve ,,corps ,,in ,,war ,in time of actual or threatened hostilities the ,president can order officers of the ,reserve ,corps to temporary duty with the ,regular ,army1 or as officers at recruiting rendezvous and depots1 or on such duty as he may prescribe4 ,an officer thus called into service receives the same pay and allowances as an officer of the same rank in the ,regular ,army4 ,when thus called out ,reserve ,officers may be promoted in rank to vacancies in volunteer organizations4 ,retired officers of the ,officers' ,reserve ,corps are not entitled to retired pay but are entitled to pensions for disability incurred in line of duty and while in active service4 ,when called out for active service an officer in the ,reserve ,corps will be required to obey the laws and regulations for the government of the ,army of the ,united ,states in so far as they are applicable to officers whose permanent retention in the military service is not contemplated4 ,,the ,,officers' ,,reserve ,,corps ,,in ,,peace ,during peace the ,secretary of ,war can order any ,reserve ,officer to duty for instruction for a period not to exceed fifteen days in any one calendar year4 ,while so serving1 an officer will receive the pay and allowance of his grade in the ,regular ,army4 ,this period of service may be extended with the consent of the ,reserve ,officer4 ,by thus extending such periods of instruction a ,reserve ,officer may1 at the conclusion thereof1 be examined for promotion to the next higher grade4 ,,examinations ,each applicant for a commission in the ,reserve ,corps will be given a rigid physical examination4 ,make certain that you can pass such an examination4 ,go to your family physician and get him to examine you4 ,the examinations for ,reserve ,corps commissions are for the purpose of ascertaining the practical ability of the applicant4 ,the record of all the service and training the applicant has had at training camps is considered as part of the examination4 ,those desiring to enter the ,officers' ,reserve ,corps may elect any of the following sections3 #a4 ,infantry ,officers' ,reserve ,corps4 #b4 ,cavalry ,officers' ,reserve ,corps4 #c4 ,field ,artillery ,officers' ,reserve ,corps4 #d4 ,coast ,artillery ,officers' ,reserve ,corps4 #e4 ,medical 7to include the reserve officers of the ,medical ,corps1 ,dental ,corps1 and ,veterinary ,corps7 ,officers' ,reserve ,corps4 #f4 ,adjutant ,general's ,officers' ,reserve ,corps4 #g4 ,judge ,advocate ,general's ,officers' ,reserve ,corps4 #h4 ,inspector ,general's ,officers' ,reserve ,corps4 #i4 ,quartermaster ,officers' ,reserve ,corps4 #aj4 ,engineer ,officers' ,reserve ,corps4 #aa4 ,ordnance ,officers' ,reserve ,corps4 #ab4 ,signal ,officers' ,reserve ,corps4 ,,reports ,,to ,,be ,,made ,officers in the ,officers' ,reserve ,corps are required to report at once to the ,adjutant ,general of the ,department in which they live or to the heads of the ,staff ,corps or ,departments to which they may belong of any permanent change of address4 ,if a change of address to any other department is involved the adjutant of each department should be notified4 ,,the ,,reserve ,,officers' ,,training ,,corps ,the ,president is authorized to establish and maintain in civil educational institutions a ,reserve ,officers' ,training ,corps which shall consist of senior and junior divisions4 ,,senior ,,division ,a senior division of the ,reserve ,officers' ,training ,corps may be established at any university and college requiring of its students four years of collegiate study for a degree1 and at essentially military schools which1 as a result of annual inspection of such institutions by the ,war ,department1 are especially designated as qualified to establish a unit of the senior division4 ,authorities of the former 7universities and colleges not essentially military7 must establish and maintain a two years' elective or compulsory course of military training1 as a minimum1 for its physically fit male students4 ,this course1 when entered upon1 must in the case of such students be a prerequisite for graduation4 ,when any member of this senior division has completed two academic years of service in that division2 has been selected by the president of the institution and by its professor of military science and tactics 7who must be an army officer72 has made a written agreement to continue in the ,reserve ,officers' ,training ,corps for the remainder of his course in the institution1 devoting five hours per week to the military training prescribed by the ,secretary of ,war2 has also made a written agreement to pursue the courses in training camps 7one camp of not more than six weeks' duration each year7 prescribed by the ,secretary of ,war7--when he has fulfilled all these conditions1 he may be given1 at the expense of the ,united ,states1 a money commutation of subsistence at a rate not exceeding the cost of the garrison 7army7 ration during the remainder of his service in the ,reserve ,officers' ,training ,corps4 ,this will amount to about thirty cents a day4 ,this provision applies only to the senior division4 ,,junior ,,division ,a junior division of the ,reserve ,officers' ,training ,corps may be established at any institution to which an army officer has been detailed as the professor of military science and tactics1 and which cannot meet the necessary requirements for the senior division4 ,in this case the ,government does not give a commutation of subsistence and the students are not asked to obligate themselves as in the senior division4 ,,to ,,enter ,,the ,,reserve ,,officers' ,,corps ,the ,president is authorized1 under such regulations as he may prescribe1 to appoint in the ,officers' ,reserve ,corps any graduate of the senior division of the ,reserve ,officers' ,training ,corps1 who shall have satisfactorily completed the two-year course of training 7five hours a week71 incident to receiving a commutation of rations2 also any graduate of the junior division who shall have satisfactorily completed the courses of military training prescribed for students of the senior divisions1 referred to in the first part of this paragraph1 and shall have participated in such practical instruction1 subsequent to graduation1 as the ,secretary of ,war shall have prescribed4 ,they must be twenty-one years of age and must make written agreement under oath to serve the ,united ,states for ten years4 ,any physically fit male citizen of the ,united ,states1 between the ages of twenty-one and twenty-seven years1 who graduated prior to ,june #bb1 #aiaf1 from any educational institution at which an officer of the ,army was detailed as professor of military science and tactics1 and who1 while a student at such institution1 completed courses of military training substantially equivalent to those prescribed for the senior division of the ,reserve ,officers' ,training ,corps1 may1 after satisfactorily completing such additional practical military training as the ,secretary of ,war shall prescribe1 be eligible for appointment to the ,officers' ,reserve ,corps4 ,the ,president can appoint and commission1 as a temporary second lieutenant of the ,regular ,army in time of peace1 for the purpose of instruction and for a period not to exceed six months1 any ,reserve ,officer who was appointed in the manner described in the two preceding paragraphs4 ,a temporary second lieutenant will receive the allowance authorized by law for that grade and pay at the rate of #ajj a month4 ,he will be attached to a unit of the ,regular ,army for duty and training4 ,at the end of the six months he will revert to the status of a ,reserve ,officer4 ,,department ,,commander',s ,,report ,at the end of each calendar year department commanders and chiefs of staff corps and departments compile lists of members of the ,officers' ,reserve ,corps under their command1 showing3 7a7 ,name1 rank1 age1 and address4 7b7 ,amount of instruction received4 7c7 ,progress made4 7d7 ,efficiency of officer4 7e7 ,recommendation4 ,a copy of these lists will be forwarded to the ,adjutant ,general of the ,army4 ,the remainder of this chapter boils down to an irreducible minimum some of the most important subjects with which a ,reserve ,officer or an applicant for a commission in the ,officers' ,reserve ,corps should be familiar4 ,it emphasizes those things with which a reserve officer should at once become familiar4,a ,it merely opens up a broad field of study for a reserve officer and at the same time can be used as a place of reference4 ,,the ,,land ,,forces ,,of ,,the ,,united ,,states ,you now are1 or expect to become1 a member of the land forces of the ,united ,states4 ,of what do the land forces of the ,united ,states consist8 ,they consist of the ,regular ,army1 the ,volunteer ,army1 the ,officers' ,reserve ,corps1 the ,enlisted ,reserve ,corps1 the ,national ,army1 the ,national ,guard in the service of the ,united ,states and such other land forces as ,congress may authorize4 ,the land forces are grouped under two general heads3 7#a7 ,the ,mobile ,army4 7#b7 ,the ,coast ,artillery4 ,the ,mobile ,army4 ,the mobile army is primarily organized for offensive operations against an enemy1 and on this account requires the maximum degree of mobility4 7,field ,service ,regulations47 ,it consists of3 ,infantry4 ,field ,artillery4 ,cavalry4 ,engineers4 ,signal ,corps ,troops4 ,the ,coast ,artillery4 ,the coast artillery is charged with the care and use of the fixed and movable elements of the land and coast fortifications4 7,field ,service ,regulations47 ,the ,president of the ,united ,states is the ,commander-in-,chief of the ,army4 ,he exercises his command through the ,secretary of ,war4 ,the ,chief of ,staff acts as military adviser to the ,secretary of ,war4 ,he puts into effect the ,administration's wishes4 ,for the purpose of equipping1 inspecting1 directing1 and administering to the ,army1 there are the following corps and departments3 7#a7 ,general ,staff ,corps4 7#b7 ,adjutant ,general's ,department4 7#c7 ,inspector ,general's ,department4 7#d7 ,judge ,advocate ,general's ,department4 7#e7 ,quartermaster ,corps4 7#f7 ,medical ,department4 7#g7 ,ordnance ,department4 7#h7 ,bureau of ,insular ,affairs4 7#i7 ,signal ,corps4 7#aj7 ,engineer ,corps4 ,the following are the grades of rank and commands of officers and noncommissioned officers3 7#a7 ,general ,commands3 ,armies4 7#b7 ,lieutenant-,general ,commands3 ,field ,army4 7#c7 ,major-,general ,commands3 ,division4 7#d7 ,brigadier-,general ,commands3 ,brigade4 7#e7 ,colonel ,commands3 ,regiment4 7#f7 ,lieutenant-,colonel ,second in command in a ,regiment4 7#g7 ,major ,commands3 ,battalion4 7#h7 ,captain ,commands3 ,company4 7#i7 ,first ,lieutenant ,commands3 ,platoon4 7#aj7 ,second ,lieutenant ,commands3 ,platoon4 7#aa7 ,veterinarian ,he has no command4 7#ab7 ,cadet at ,united ,states ,military ,academy ,he has no command4 7#ac7 ,sergeant-,major 7,regimental7 ,he has no command4 7#ad7 ,ordnance ,sergeant ,he has no command4 7#ae7 ,quartermaster ,sergeant ,he has no command4 7#af7 ,sergeant-,major 7,battalion7 ,he has no command4 7#ag7 ,first ,sergeant ,commands3 ,platoon4 7#ah7 ,sergeant ,commands3 ,sometimes a ,platoon4 7#ai7 ,corporal ,commands3 ,squad4 ,,articles ,,of ,,war ,the ,army is governed by the ,articles of ,war1 which can be found in the ,army ,regulations4 ,any laws1 orders1 et cetera1 pertaining to the ,army must not violate directly or indirectly any of the ,articles of ,war4 ,it is therefore desirable that each ,reserve ,officer know where to find them and become1 in a general way1 familiar with them4 ,,general ,,advice ,to become a first-class drillmaster is desirable and necessary4 ,but1 being one1 you are not to be intrusted with the command of troops in the field unless you have gone much farther than that4 ,to become an excellent drillmaster means simply that you have mastered a detail4 ,in order to become one you should bear this in mind3 ,you cannot teach a man how to do a thing unless you know that thing yourself4 ,if you don't know your drill1 don't try to bluff your men4 ,burn the midnight oil1 or remain a private4 ,,military ,,correspondence ,an official letter should refer to one subject only4 ,in writing to the ,war ,department address your letter to ,the ,adjutant ,general of the ,army1 ,washington1 ,d4 ,c4 ,the ,united ,states 7including colonies7 is divided into the following departments3 7#a7 ,the ,northeastern ,department1 with ,headquarters at ,boston1 ,massachusetts4 7#b7 ,the ,eastern ,department1 with headquarters at ,governors ,island1 ,new ,york4 7#c7 ,the ,southeastern ,department1 with ,headquarters at ,charleston1 ,south ,carolina4 7#d7 ,the ,central ,department1 with ,headquarters at ,chicago1 ,illinois4 7#e7 ,the ,southern ,department1 with ,headquarters at ,fort ,sam ,houston1 ,texas4 7#f7 ,the ,western ,department1 with ,headquarters at ,san ,francisco1 ,california4 7#g7 ,the ,philippine ,department1 with ,headquarters at ,manila4 ,p4 ,i4 7#h7 ,the ,hawaiian ,department1 with ,headquarters at ,honolulu1 ,hawaii4 ,you will be in one of these departments4 ,address your communication to ,the ,commanding ,general at his department headquarters4 ,answer all official communications promptly4 ,this is important4 ,letters must be written1 folded1 signed as prescribed by the ,war ,department4 ,models illustrating the system are furnished by the ,adjutant ,general's office1 ,washington1 ,d4 ,c4 ,ind4 is the abbreviation for indorsement4 7,correspondence ,model7 ,,company ,b1 #dj,,th ,,infantry1 ,fort ,william ,h4 ,seward1 ,alaska1 ,july #ai1 #aiaf4 ,from3 ,the ,commanding ,officer1 ,co4 ,b1 #djth ,inf4 ,to3 ,the ,adjutant ,general of the ,army 7,through military channels47 ,subject3 ,philippine campaign badge1 ,corporal ,john ,doe4 ,inclosed are lists in duplicate of the enlisted men of ,company ,b1 #djth infantry1 entitled to the ,philippine campaign badge4 ,john ,a4 ,brown1 ,capt41 #djth ,inf4 #ast ,ind4 ,hq4 ,ft4 ,william ,h4 ,seward1 ,alaska1 ,july #aith1 #aiaf4-- ,to the ,comdg4 ,gen41 ,western ,department1 ,san ,francisco1 ,california4 ,a4 ,f4 ,r41 ,brig4-,gen41 ,comdg4 #b;d ,ind4 7,incl4 is the abbreviation for inclosure47 7,stamp7 ,rec'd ,western ,department1 ,july #cj1 #aiaf4 7,note4 ,this correspondence is not complete but it illustrates how to write a military letter and indorsement47 ,,use ,,of ,,the ,,combined ,,arms ,every efficient officer must realize the possibilities and limitations of his own arm of the service as well as the possibilities and limitations of the other arms4 ,each arm of the service is necessary and important4 ,a proper understanding of the use of the combined arms is as essential to success in battle as cooeperation between the different members of a football team is to its success4 ,don't knock any arm but the one you are in1 and don't knock that unless you are willing to admit you are not man enough to improve it4 ,,infantry ,the infantry is the principal and most important arm1 which is charged with the main work on the field of battle and it usually decides the final issue of the combat4 7,field ,service ,regulations47 ,the role 7duty or job7 of the infantry1 whether offensive or defensive1 is the role of the entire force4 ,if it fails1 all fail4 ,when properly supported by artillery1 trained infantrymen armed with rifles1 bayonets1 and the will to put the enemy out of action1 will settle all issues4 ,,artillery ,the chief duty of the artillery is to support the infantry4 ,it does this in three ways3 #ast1 ,by firing at the hostile infantry4 #b;d1 ,by putting out of action the hostile artillery so that it cannot fire at the infantry4 #c;d1 ,by demolishing the obstacles in front of the enemy's works4 ,it smothers the enemy with a curtain of fire1 so that the infantry can move forward without ruinous losses4 ,cooeperation with the infantry is essential4 ,if the infantry is defeated the artillery covers its withdrawal2 if the infantry is successful the artillery moves forward and assists in reaping the full reward of victory by firing on the fleeing enemy4 ,the present ,european ,war has greatly increased the prestige and importance of this arm of the service4 ,the amount of artillery on the ,western front and the amount of ammunition consumed daily is appalling4 ,,cavalry ,this very important arm is the eye with which the general sees for many miles to the front and flank4 ,in an advance it pushes ahead1 combs the country for the enemy1 disperses his cavalry1 and thus protects the infantry in the rear4 ,it locates the enemy1 and occupies his attention until the infantry comes up4 ,it protects the flanks and rear of the infantry and artillery during the fight4 ,if needed1 it joins in the fight4 ,if the infantry is defeated it covers the withdrawal1 and if the infantry wins it pursues and pounces upon the enemy4 ,,machine ,,guns ,before the present ,european ,war1 machine guns were classified as emergency weapons4 ,it was not believed that they could remain long in action1 because they would soon be silenced by hostile fire 7artillery and infantry74 ,it was recommended1 therefore1 that a favorable opportunity be awaited before opening fire which was to be delivered with their utmost effectiveness4 ,they were believed to possess very limited possibilities in an attacking line1 hut as being most valuable in defensive works where protection and concealment could be found4 ,during this war they have lost1 as a defensive weapon1 no prestige4 ,they have also proved of great value to the attacking side4 ,they are being made light and portable to accompany the firing line in an attack4 ,the supply of ammunition alone limits the number that can be used4 ,each side in the present war has used them by the thousands with effectiveness4 ,machine guns are more worthy of consideration to-day than heretofore4 ,,bombs ,,and ,,hand ,,grenades ,the present ,european ,war has revived the use of hand grenades and bombs4 ,a certain number of soldiers in each ,british and ,french battalion are trained as grenade throwers4 ,their principal weapon is a bucket or bag of grenades or bombs4 ,they operate not only from trenches but accompany the firing line in an attack and dispose of sheltered or isolated group of the enemy by smothering their position with a shower of hand grenades or bombs4 ,these weapons are in the first stages of development in this country4 ,they offer to the service practically a virgin field of opportunities4 ,some ,reserve ,officers might make a specialty of this subject and assist in its development4 ,,night ,,operations ,by employing night operations troops make use of the cover of darkness to minimize losses from hostile fire1 to escape observation1 to gain time4 7,infantry ,drill ,regulations47 ,they are dangerous because control is difficult and confusion is frequently unavoidable4 ,only trained troops should be used1 and the formation must be simple4 ,don't attempt anything complicated4 ,observe the following suggestions4 ,for an attack or offensive movement3 7#a7 ,study by daylight and after dark1 if possible1 the ground you are to cross4 7#b7 ,make careful preparations with secrecy4 7#c7 ,avoid fire action4 ,pieces should not be loaded4 ,rely on the bayonet4 7#d7 ,give each unit a definite objective and direction4 ,avoid collision4 7#e7 ,have each man wear a distinctive badge4 7,for instance1 a white band on one arm47 ,if on the defensive and you expect a night attack1 place obstacles in front of your position1 heavily patrol your front1 fix bayonets1 move up your supports1 open fire as soon as results may be expected1 and illuminate the foreground4 ,,obstacles ,the main object in placing obstacles in front of a defensive position is to delay the enemy while he is under the defenders' fire1 and thus make his advance as difficult as possible4 ,to accomplish this result they must be so placed that the enemy must cross them4 ,they must not interfere with the defenders' view or fire2 they must not be easily destroyed by artillery fire2 they must not afford concealment to the enemy2 and they must be so made that they will not obstruct a counter attack on the part of the defenders4 ,the present war has demonstrated that the barb wire entanglement fulfils more of these requirements than any other form of obstacle4--,see ,engineer ,department's ,manual on ,field ,fortifications on how to construct obstacles4 ,,meeting ,,engagements ,when two hostile forces suddenly meet we have what is termed a meeting engagement4 ,very little or no reconnaissance is possible4 ,there is an absence of trenches4 ,both sides deploy rapidly4 ,the smaller the force the more frequently will it fight a meeting engagement4 ,therefore1 it is of the utmost importance to junior officers4 ,a great advantage will accrue to the side which can deploy the faster4 ,the leader who has intuition1 initiative1 who can make a quick decision and is willing to take a long chance1 will have a great advantage4 ,,withdrawal ,,from ,,action ,the withdrawal of a defeated force can generally be effected only at a heavy cost4 7,infantry ,drill ,regulations47 ,when a withdrawal is necessary1 make every possible effort to place distance and a rear guard between you and the enemy4 ,have one part of your line withdraw under protection of the fire of the other part and so on4 ,reorganize your command as soon as possible4 ,,intrenchments ,ordinarily infantry intrenches itself whenever it is compelled to halt for a considerable time in the presence of the enemy4 7,infantry ,drill ,regulations47 ,trenches are constructed with a view of giving cover which will diminish losses1 but they must not be so built or placed as to interfere with the free use of the rifle4 ,a good field of fire is the first consideration4 ,the construction of a trench is simple1 but the location of it is difficult4 ,if possible1 trenches are laid out in company lengths4 ,intrenchments usually take the following form3 7#a7 ,hasty ,cover4 ,constructed by troops with the tools they carry on their person4 ,it is a shallow trench with a parapet at least three feet thick and one foot high4 ,it furnishes cover against rifle fire1 but scarcely any against shrapnel4 7#b7 ,fire ,trench4 ,it should be deep and narrow with the parapet flat and concealed4 ,while in it1 the troops fire at the enemy2 hence the name fire trench4 ,usual forms of fire trenches are as shown in the following illustration3 ,illustration 7#c7 ,support ,trenches4 ,the supports sleep and live in these trenches2 hence they are covered4 ,the cover 7roof7 must be thick enough to afford protection from high angle artillery fire4 ,it is placed as near the fire trench as possible4 7#d7 ,approach ,trenches4 ,these connect fire trenches with the support trenches and the support trenches with any trenches in rear where natural covered communication is impracticable4 ,illustration3 ,,cross ,,section ,,of ,a ,,support ,,trench ,,and ,,dugout ,illustration3 ,a ,,section ,,of ,a ,,forward ,,entrenched ,,zone ,,others ,,are ,,in ,,rear ,they are zig-zagged to escape being enfiladed4 7,that is1 to prevent one explosion from doing too much damage in a single trench47 ,during an engagement1 troops by using these trenches can go safely to the help of the troops in the fire trenches4 ,they are usually deep and narrow4 7#e7 ,intermediate ,trenches4 ,they are constructed in rear of the support trenches when the ground renders it possible to offer a stubborn resistance between the support and the reserve trenches4 ,they are constructed like fire trenches4 7#f7 ,reserve ,trenches4 ,constructed like the fire trenches and occupied by the local reserves who live in deep dug-outs4 ,the intermediate and reserve trenches are often merged into the support trenches4 ,all are protected by barbwire entanglements4 ,no set plan of trenches can be used4 ,the topographical features of the ground must govern4 ,,military ,,maps ,definition4 ,a military map is a drawing made to represent some section of the country1 showing the features that are of military importance1 such as roads1 bridges1 streams1 houses1 and hills4 ,the map must be so drawn that you can tell the distance between any two points1 the heights of the hills1 and the relative positions of everything shown4 7,field ,service ,regulations47 ,in the field the military maps are supplemented by sketches1 or field maps1 prepared from day to day4 ,for facility in reading1 military maps are made according to a uniform system of scales and contour intervals as follows3 ,road ,sketches4 ,three inches on the map is equal to #a mile on the ground1 contour intervals of #bj feet4 ,position and ,outpost ,sketches4 ,six inches on the map arc equal to #a mile on the ground1 contour intervals of #aj feet4 ,manoeuver or ,war ,game ,maps4 ,twelve inches on the map are equal to #a mile on the ground1 contour intervals of #e feet4 ,large ,strategical maps for ,extended ,manoeuvers4 ,one inch on the map is equal to #a mile on the ground1 contour intervals of #fj feet4 ,every officer in the ,reserve ,corps should be able to read a military map and make a road1 an outpost1 and a position sketch4 ,,bayonet ,importance of the ,bayonet4 ,the infantry soldier is armed with a bayonet4 ,he relies mainly on fire action to disable the enemy1 but he should know that it is often necessary for him to cross bayonets with the enemy4 ,therefore he must be instructed in the use of the rifle and the bayonet in hand-to-hand encounters4 ,the present ,european ,war is demonstrating the importance of this instruction4 ,if you did not receive instruction in bayonet fighting at a federal training camp1 it was not because it is unimportant1 but because there was no available time to give it4 ,any ,reserve ,officer can well afford to specialize in this work4 ,,ammunition ,an infantry soldier goes into battle carrying #bbj rounds of rifle ammunition4 ,he habitually carries in his belt #ajj rounds and when a fight is imminent he gets #abj rounds 7#b bandoliers7 from his combat train4 ,he keeps #cj rounds in the right pocket section of his belt to be expended only when ordered by an officer4 ,a cavalryman goes into battle carrying #aej rounds of rifle ammunition and #dj rounds of pistol ammunition4 ,he habitually carries in his belt #ij rounds of rifle and #bj rounds of pistol ammunition4 ,when about to go into a fight he gets #fj rounds of rifle and #bj rounds of pistol ammunition from his combat train4 ,all officers must train their men to economize in the use of ammunition4 ,train service1 even by rail for ammunition1 would be inadequate if this were not done4 ,,transportation ,organization commanders are responsible for all unauthorized material or supplies that may be put on their wagons4 ,you should therefore become acquainted with the transportation attached to the smaller organizations4 ,the wagons that carry your ammunition are called the ,combat ,train4 ,the wagons that carry your authorized baggage1 kitchen equipment1 and food are called the ,field ,train4 ,,the ,,ration ,a ration is the allowance 7money7 for the subsistence of one person for one day4 ,it is based on the cost of a fixed amount of certain foods 7such as meat1 potatoes1 bread1 etc47 necessary for a workingman4 ,as the cost of food in the different sections of the country varies1 so does the cost of the ration4 ,there are several kinds of ration based on what the soldier is doing and the climate he is in4 ,if you are ever in command of a company1 whether in the field or in barracks1 one of your most important duties will be to supervise the cooking and messing of your company4 ,you should1 therefore1 become familiar with the following rations3 7#a7 ,garrison rations4 ,used by troops in garrison and during peace and on manoeuvers4 7#b7 ,reserve ration4 ,carried on the person and in the trains4 7#c7 ,field ration4 ,the ration prescribed by the commander of a field force4 7#d7 ,travel ration4 ,used when traveling4 7#e7 ,emergency ration4 ,used by troops on an active campaign in an emergency4 7#f7 ,filipino ration4 ,for use of ,filipino ,scouts4 ,,property ,in the absence of regulations on the subject1 each ,reserve ,officer should own a good watch1 a pair of field glasses1 a compass1 and a note book4 ,,guard ,,duty ,guards are used in camp or garrison to preserve order1 to protect property1 and to enforce police regulations4 ,the commander of the guard is an officer or non-commissioned officer4 ,he performs his duties under the supervision of the officer of the day4 ,a sentinel is on post two hours out of every six4 ,and a tour of guard duty is twenty-four hours4 ,as guard duty is of such utmost importance1 and laxity1 or failure to perform it properly1 is very severely punished1 the duties of all connected with it are clearly prescribed in the ,guard ,manual4 ,orders for sentinels are divided into two classes1 general and special4 ,each should be memorized4 ,special orders relate to particular posts and duties4 ,general orders apply to all sentinels and are as follows3 7#a7 ,to take charge of this post and all government property in view4 7#b7 ,to walk my post in a military manner1 keeping always on the alert and observing everything that takes place within sight or hearing4 7#c7 ,to report all violations of orders ,i am instructed to enforce4 7#d7 ,to repeat all calls from posts more distant from the guard house than my own4 7#e7 ,to quit my post only when properly relieved4 7#f7 ,to receive1 obey1 and pass on to the sentinel who relieves me all orders from the commanding officer1 officer of the day1 and officers and noncommissioned officers of the guard only4 7#g7 ,to talk to no one except in line of duty4 7#h7 ,in case of fire or disorder to give the alarm4 7#i7 ,to allow no one to commit a nuisance on or near my post4 7#aj7 ,in any case not covered by instructions to call the corporal of the guard4 7#aa7 ,to be especially watchful at night1 and1 during the time for challenging1 to challenge all persons on or near my post1 and to allow no one to pass without proper authority4 7,guard ,manual47 ,,saluting ,saluting distance is that within which recognition is easy4 ,in general it does not exceed thirty paces4 ,a junior1 who is mounted1 dismounts before addressing a senior who is dismounted4 ,if the senior is mounted the junior does not dismount when addressing him4 ,a junior officer walks or rides on the left of his senior4 ,national ,anthem4 ,whenever the ,national ,anthem is played at any place when persons belonging to the military service are present all officers and enlisted men not in formation should stand at attention facing toward the music 7except at retreat1 when they should face toward the flag74 ,if in uniform1 covered1 they shall salute at the first note of the anthem1 retaining the position of salute until the last note of the anthem4 ,if uncovered1 stand at attention but do not salute4 ,if not in uniform and covered they shall uncover at the first note of the anthem1 holding the headdress opposite the left shoulder and so remain until its close1 except that in inclement weather the headdress may be slightly raised4 ,the same rules apply when to the color or to the standard is sounded as when the ,national ,anthem is played4 ,when played by an ,army band1 the ,national ,anthem shall be played through without repetition of any part not required to be repeated to make it complete4 ,the same marks of respect prescribed for observance during the playing of the ,national ,anthem of the ,united ,states shall be shown toward the national anthem of any other country when played upon official occasions4 ,colors or ,standards4 ,colors are the national and regimental flags of foot troops4 ,standards are the national and regimental flags of cavalry or field artillery4 ,when passing colors or standards1 uncased 7not in a waterproof case71 the prescribed salute must always be rendered4 ,by the prescribed salute is meant1 if unarmed or armed with a saber which is sheathed1 the hand salute2 if armed with a drawn saber1 the present saber4 ,if you1 wearing civilian dress1 pass them1 uncover and hold the headdress opposite the left shoulder with the right hand4 ,,books#c ,we recommend that all officers1 non-commissioned officers and all privates who propose to work for advancement read the following books4 ,all can probably be obtained from the ,adjutant ,general of the ,army1 ,washington1 ,d4 ,c4 ,any other military books 7desired can be purchased from the ,united ,states ,infantry ,association1 ,union ,trust ,building1 ,washington1 ,d4 ,c4 7#a7 ,the ,military ,policy of the ,united ,states1 by ,gen4 ,e4 ,upton4 7#b7 ,the ,guard ,manual1 ,united ,states ,army4 7#c7 ,the ,field ,service ,regulations1 ,united ,states ,army4 7#d7 ,the ,drill ,regulations of the arm of the service to which you are assigned4 7#e7 ,non-commissioned ,officers' ,manual 7,war ,department ,publication74 7#f7 ,first ,aid to the ,sick and ,injured 7,war ,department ,publication74 7#g7 ,army ,regulations 7to be used as a book of reference when needed74 7#h7 ,small ,arms ,firing ,regulations 7,war ,department ,publication74 7#i7 ,a ,manual for ,courts-,martial1 ,u4 ,s4 ,army4 ,it is highly desirable for every ,reserve ,officer to place his name on the mailing list at the ,army ,service ,school1 ,fort ,leavenworth1 ,kansas4 ,this costs about #a a year and in return the officer receives much valuable information4 ,write to the ,secretary for any further information desired on this subject4 ,,field ,,orders ,field orders1 whether written or oral1 should follow a certain form4 ,this decreases the probability of any vital part being left out and increases the probability of the receiver or reader understanding it4 ,in the following form for an advance1 note the order in which the paragraphs occur4 ,this is very important4 ,,for ,,an ,,advance ,field ,orders 7,title7 ,no4 ---- 7,place7 7,reference to map used7 7,date and ,hour7 7#a7 7,information of enemy and of our ,troops supporting troops7 7#b7 7,plan of commander7 7a7 ,independent 7#c7 7a7 7,instructions for independent ,cavalry3 cavalry-place and time of departure1 7,commander7 roads or country to be 7,troops7 covered1 special mission7 7b7 ,advance ,guard3 7b7 7,instructions for advance 7,commander7 guard-place and time of departure1 or distance at which it is to 7,troops7 precede the main body1 route1 special mission7 7c7 ,main ,body--in order 7c7 7,instructions for main body--distance of march3 at which it is to follow 7,commander7 the advance guard1 or place and time of departure7 7d7 ,right 7left7 ,flank 7d7 7,instructions for flank guard--place ,guard3 and time of departure1 7,commander7 route1 special mission7 7,troops7 7e7 ,signal ,troops3 7e7 7,instructions for signal troops--lines 7,commander7 of information to be established1 special mission7 7x7 7,instructions for outpost--when relieved subsequent duties7 7#d7 7,instructions for field train--escort1 distance in rear of column1 or destination when different from that of main body1 if disposition not previously covered in ,orders7 7,instructions for sanitary1 ammunition1 supply and engineer trains when necessary7 7#e7 7,place of commander or where messages may be sent7 7,how and to whom issued7 7,authentication7 ,notice in particular that the first thing in the body of the order is the information of the enemy and of supporting or friendly troops2 #b;d1 the plan2 #c;d1 the detailed instruction for executing the plan2 #dth1 the order to field train2 #eth1 the place where the commander can be found4 ,all orders1 whether for a retreat1 an attack1 a defense1 the establishment of an outpost and so on1 should take this general form4 ,a ,,model ,,order ,,for ,,an ,,advance ,field ,orders ,hq4 #ast ,brigade1 #ast ,division1 ,no4 #f ,fort ,leavenworth1 ,kansas1 ,three inch ,leavenworth #bj ,aug4 '#jh1 #h ,p4 ,m4 ,map 7#a7 ,two regiments of hostile infantry ,troops are reported to have occupied ,valley 7a7 ,advance ,guard3 ,falls late this afternoon1 en route for ,major ,a4 ,easton4 ,small hostile cavalry patrols #ast ,bn #h mtd4 orderlies1 were seen two miles east of ,valley #ast ,inf4 ,falls at #f ,p4 ,m4 to-day4 #ast4 ,plat4 ,tr4 ,a4 ,the remainder of our division is expected #gth ,cavalry to reach ,fort ,leavenworth 7b7 ,main ,body----in order to-morrow4 of ,march3 7#b7 ,this brigade 7less the #c;d ,inf4 ,colonel ,b4 which has been directed to hold the #ast4 ,inf4 7less #ast ,bn47 ,missouri river crossing at ,fort ,leavenworth7 #b;d ,infantry will march to-morrow to ,detachment #c;d ,f4 ,easton to hold the crossings of the ,hosp4 ,big ,stranger creek4 7#c7 7a7 ,the advance guard will clear ,d at #e-ae ,a4 ,m41 marching via the ,e--,g--,atchison ,pike--#a--gd--gh--hj--,q--,r--,easton road4 ,patrols will be sent via ,lowemont to reconnoiter the crossings of the ,big ,stranger near ,millwood and via ,mount ,olivet to reconnoiter those near #aad4 7b7 ,the main body will follow at a distance of about #gjj yards4 7#d7 ,the baggage train 7less that of the #c;d ,inf471 escorted by one squad1 #b;d ,inf41 will start from ,d at #f-ae ,a4 ,m4 and follow to ,p where it will await further orders4 7#e7 ,reports will reach the brigade commander at the head of the main body4 ,by command of ,brig4-,gen4 ,x3 ,y1 ,adjt4 ,gen4 ,copies by ,adjutant to ,col4 ,b4 #ast ,inf4 ,col4 ,c4 #b;d ,inf4 ,col4 ,d4 #c;d ,inf4 ,maj4 ,a4 #ast ,inf4 ,capt4 ,e4 ,tr4 ,a #gth ,cav4 ,capt4 ,f4 ,hospital ,corps4 ,,general ,,ideas ,,and ,,rules ,,for ,,solving ,,military ,,problems ,the cave man knocked over his foe with a rude club4 ,the operation is greatly refined to-day4 ,the technique of war changes with the ages1 but human nature remains the same4 ,whether with grenade or gas1 from submarine or aeroplane1 a man after all possible woe and suffering is no more than killed4 ,human nature will submit to losses in battle up to a certain point1 after that the frailties are asserted4 ,the instinct of self-preservation dominates4 ,organization and discipline and reason are dissipated4 ,a condition ensues similar to that which we have in theaters during fires4 ,napoleon's success as a military leader was due to his knowledge of men and how to handle them1 common sense1 and in a lesser degree to what he learned from books4 ,upon such a basis the young managers of industrial concerns would be most valuable material from which to select and train successful military leaders4 ,they know men1 and it is necessary to possess a world of common sense to acquire any such knowledge4 ,many of those elements that make success in a military man are exactly the same as those that make a man successful anywhere4 ,a president of a university1 a lawyer or banker or merchant or engineer1 has exactly the same kind of daily problems to solve1 and requires much the same talents as those possessed by a military leader4 ,since success in battle is the thing at which we are driving in all military training1 it is common sense to prepare a machine that will do the business4 ,every officer and noncommissioned officer has got to know how to play the game4 ,a good private makes a good corporal1 a good corporal makes a good sergeant1 a good sergeant makes a good lieutenant--a good colonel makes a good brigadier general--all exactly as in civil life4 ,prussia has had her greatest military success when she devoted her energies to manoeuvers and to the solution of tactical problems4 ,her defeats and humiliations have come when she has neglected this work4 ,and there's nothing mysterious about the way ,prussia or ,napoleon or anybody else has solved their military problems4 ,no occult forces are involved1 any more than there is in building a canal or hunting tigers4 ,the real general is1 in a sense1 a postgraduate hunter1 or an advanced1 all-,american quarterback4 ,one phase of the military work is significant and should cause reflection4 ,the punishment for errors in war is very severe4 ,a leader who makes mistakes may not only pay for them with his own blood but others too may suffer with him4 ,in war we must obey our leaders whether they are right or wrong4 ,how great1 do you suppose1 are those hordes that have been sacrificed on history's battlefields to the goddess of ignorance8 ,napoleon says in one of his maxims1 ,read and reread the campaigns of ,alexander1 ,caesar1 ,gustavus ,adolphus1 ,turrenne1 ,eugene1 and ,frederick2 take them for your model2 that is the only way of becoming a great captain1 to obtain the secrets of the art of war4 ,to read more intelligently such history we should know something about solving problems in minor tactics4 ,we must know how to solve such problems if we are to master our duties as officers4 ,whether1 as general or corporal1 you are solving a problem on a map or on the ground1 your methods will be1 in principle1 the same4 ,in the former case your soldiers understand thoroughly all orders and do exactly as directed4 ,in the latter case your soldiers are human4 ,they get tired and sick4 ,they go in the wrong directions and get lost sometimes4 ,one forgets1 another is late1 and the third misinterprets an order1 etc4 ,here is the common-sense way in which an all-,american quarterback performs his duties4 ,he studies carefully the opposing team 7enemy7 by reports beforehand and on the field of the contest1 to determine his weak and strong points4 ,the latter he wishes to avoid in directing his attack4 ,he considers his position on the field1 the wind and weather1 if raining1 etc41 and then his different plays to hit the weaker parts of the opposing line with the advantages and disadvantages of each4 ,to his well-trained mind all this is done in a flash1 but the logic and causes and effects of action are none the less present4 ,this quarterback has analyzed the conditions of his problems1 he has figured out what he is up against2 that is to say1 he has estimated the situation4 ,he is now ready for a decision4 ,he determines where he is going to strike and with what kind of a play he will do it4 ,he gives a signal1 #dd--aa--ag--e4 ,that is to say1 he issues his orders4 ,that is exactly the way a military man1 whether he be a corporal or a general1 goes about handling a problem1 whether on paper or on the ground4 ,when he goes into battle he finds the only difference is that the problem is complicated by bullets and excitement4 ,don't think that you are going to learn to solve problems from books alone1 any more than you can learn to play tennis or build bridges on paper4 ,you have got to get out into the country and work with actual troops4 ,but first study map problems4 ,come to a decision slowly until you have had considerable practice1 then write out your order with no guides or references4 ,then check yourself up4 ,common sense and simple plans are the safest guides4 ,to frame a suitable field order you must make an estimate of the situation1 culminating in a decision upon a definite plan of action4 ,you must then actually draft or word the orders which will carry your decision into effect4 ,,the ,,logical ,,way ,,to ,,estimate ,,the ,,situation #ast4 ,consider exactly what you are to do1 i4e41 your mission as set forth in the orders or instructions under which you are acting or as deduced by you from your knowledge of the situation4 #b;d4 ,consider all available information of the enemy4 ,what is his strength8 ,how is he situated8 ,what is he going to do8 etc4 #c;d4 ,consider all conditions affecting your own troops4 ,what advantages in numbers and position have you over the enemy8 ,what is their morale8 etc4 #dth4 ,consider the terrain in so far as it affects the situation4 #eth4 ,consider the various plans of action open to you and decide upon the one that will best enable you to accomplish your mission 7carry out your task72 that is to say1 come to a decision4 ,it is now necessary to express that decision in the form of an order as the quarterback did in giving the signal1 #dd--aa--ag--e4 ,to enable the will of the commander to be quickly understood1 and to secure prompt cooeperation among his subordinates1 field orders are required to follow a general form4 ,under the stress and strain of an engagement there are many causes of excitement4 ,unless we have trained ourselves to act along certain lines in issuing orders1 we may forget some important considerations4 ,we have known people of superb intelligence to do poorly before a large audience simply from lack of training and experience4 ,,correct ,,procedure ,,in ,,giving ,,the ,,main ,,part ,,of ,a ,,field ,,order #ast4 ,give the information of the enemy and of our own supporting troops 7i4e41 those who may come to our assistance in case of need7 to your subordinates that will give them a clear understanding of the problem and enable them intelligently to cooperate with you4 #b;d4 ,now state what you are going to do4 ,that is to say1 give your plan4 #c;d4 ,next1 how you are going to put that plan into effect4 ,that is1 the assignment of duties to each subordinate4 #dth4 ,give instructions for the ammunition trains1 stations for the slightly wounded1 etc4 #eth4 ,state where you can be found or where messages may be sent4 ,,some ,,general ,,hints ,clear and decisive orders are the logical result of definite and sure decisions4 ,to guage,b a man's caliber read his orders4 ,you must not be hazy and indefinite in your order4 ,you must be clear and definite4 ,be careful about your phrasing and expressions4 ,an order should be like a cablegram3 convey every idea but contain no unnecessary words4 ,don't break up the squads or platoons or the companies4 ,keep the tactical units together as much as possible4 ,it is marvelous how many mistakes can occur on the battlefield4 ,attempt a complicated plan and its failure is reasonably assured4 ,have your plan simple4 ,the enveloping attack is the best4 ,that is to say1 have your line longer than the enemy's so that you can attack one of his flanks4 ,he knows this quite as well as you and he will endeavor to perform the same operation upon you4 ,the leader1 all else being equal1 who has the wit to out-manoeuver the other will win the engagement4 ,as a rule1 an affirmative form of expression is used4 ,such an order as3 ,the supply train will not accompany the division1 is defective1 because the gist of the order depends upon the single word not4 ,write your order so it can be read4 ,don't go about it as though you were a doctor writing a prescription4 ,things will go wrong if you do4 ,you will find some of your troops moving in the wrong direction when you need them badly4 ,be brief4 ,short sentences are good4 ,they are clear4 ,conjectures1 expectations1 and reasons for measures adopted are weak4 ,they do not inspire confidence4 ,they should be avoided4 ,accept the entire responsibility of your command4 ,if things go wrong1 it's your fault4 ,correct them4 ,a large number of military men make it their particular business to find faults in others1 with scarcely a thought for their own4 ,don't join this club4 ,reverse the matter4 ,avoid such expressions as attempt to capture1 try to hold1 as far as possible1 as well as you can1 etc4 ,tell a man what he is to do4 ,don't divide any responsibility with any one4 ,officers and men of all ranks and grades are given a certain independence in the execution of the tasks to which they are assigned and are expected to show initiative in meeting the different situations as they arise4 ,every individual1 from the highest commander to the lowest private1 must always remember that inaction and neglect of opportunities will warrant severe censure4 ,do something that will help carry out the plans of your commander4 ,the ,japanese regulations caution their commanders to avoid inaction and hesitation4 ,if you were hunting tigers and permitted a wounded one to move to your rear and spring upon you1 unaware of its presence1 you would probably pay a heavy price for not being on the alert4 ,for a military leader to be caught unawares is unpardonable4 ,napoleon said in another of his maxims3 if the enemy's army were to appear on my front1 or on my right or left1 what would ,i do8 ,if the question is difficult for the commander to answer1 his troops are not only poorly placed but are poorly led4 ,don't let your force be divided up into detachments and roam all over the country4 ,this is a very common error with beginners4 ,avoid dispersion4 ,keep your troops together4 ,you cannot fire on the battlefield with the same accuracy as you do on the target range4 ,fear dilates the pupil of the eye4 ,men cannot shoot well when they are under great excitement4 ,don't count on killing too many of the enemy with a carload of ammunition4 ,never forget that ,fire ,superiority is the thing that wins battles4 ,if you let the other fellow get it and keep it1 he's going to win1 not you4 ,don't trespass upon the province of a subordinate4 ,he will handle his job if you will handle yours4 ,remember that your flanks are just as vulnerable as the enemy's4 ,he has his eyes on your flanks just as much as you are observing and considering his own4 ,keep cool about starting the action4 ,don't put all your men in before you understand thoroughly the condition confronting you4 ,hold a large part of your force out as supports and reserves until you know definitely the enemy's position4 ,don't get killed unless necessary2 your usefulness to the ,state comes to an end when that occurs4 ,take advantage of cover1 hug the ground4 ,learn what is good and what is poor cover4 ,it is a common fault to forget about the service of information once the action has begun4 ,keep up your patrolling4 ,keep yourself posted on what the enemy is about4 ,otherwise he may have some unpleasant surprise for you4 ,be particularly careful about details of time and place4 ,regulate your watch by the time kept at headquarters4 ,when you've got the enemy on the run don't let up for an instant4 ,pursue him without mercy4 ,turn his retreat into a rout4 ,capture or destroy his forces4 ,scarcely any of these things we are telling you are new4 ,they are as old as war itself4 ,the boxer of a thousand years from now may know a little more about the technique of the game1 but the essentials will not change4 ,to wear the champion's belt1 he will have to suffer some lusty blows and be able himself to deliver some more powerful4 ,there will be no easy road to the title4 ,so it is with all wars4 ,,summary ,we recommend that each officer become familiar with the following summary3 #a4 ,avoid combats that offer no chance of victory or other valuable results4 #b4 ,make every effort for the success of the general plan and avoid spectacular plays that have no bearing on the general result4 #c4 ,have a definite plan and carry it out vigorously4 ,do not vacillate4 #d4 ,do not attempt complicated manoeuvers4 #e4 ,keep the command in hand2 avoid undue extension and dispersion4 #f4 ,study the ground and direct the advance in such a way as to take advantage of all available cover and thereby diminish losses4 #g4 ,never deploy until the purpose and the proper direction are known4 #h4 ,deploy enough men for the immediate task in hand2 hold out the rest and avoid undue haste in committing them to the action4 #i4 ,flanks must be protected either by reserves1 fortifications1 or the terrain4 #aj4 ,in a decisive action1 gain and keep fire superiority4 #aa4 ,keep up reconnaissance4 #ab4 ,use the reserve1 but not until needed or a very favorable opportunity for its use presents itself4 ,keep some reserve as long as practicable4 #ac4 ,do not hesitate to sacrifice the command if the result is worth the cost4 #ad4 ,spare the command all unnecessary hardship and exertion4 --,infantry ,drill ,regulations4 ,,miscellaneous ,,information ,for convenience1 military information is considered under two heads1 namely 7#a7 that collected in time of peace by the body of army experts in ,washington called the ,general ,staff2 and 7#b7 that obtained by troops in the field after war has begun4 ,the former relates to general conditions such as the geography1 resources1 and military strength of the various nations1 information necessary to enable the ,general ,staff to act intelligently in the event of war4 ,the latter relates to more local and detailed conditions out on the firing line4 ,for a general to act intelligently he must possess information of the position1 strength1 dispositions1 intentions1 etc41 of his opponent4 ,this may be obtained from a number of sources--adjoining troops1 inhabitants1 newspapers1 letters1 telegraph files1 prisoners1 deserters1 spies1 maps1 but mostly from information-gathering groups1 called reconnoitering patrols4 ,when the available maps do not show all the military features of the country1 officers and soldiers must go on ahead and make maps that do4 ,,intelligence ,,section ,,general ,,staff ,there is a special committee of the ,great ,general ,staff called the ,intelligence ,section1 whose business it is to weigh and classify all information sent to it4 ,members of this committee are placed on duty with large organizations 7for instance1 a division1 a field army1 etc474 ,,assumption ,,of ,,the ,,enemy ,when reliable information of the enemy cannot be obtained1 it must be assumed that he has sense and will act with excellent judgment4 ,,false ,,information ,unless instructions have been given to spread false information1 all persons connected with the military service are forbidden to discuss the military situation1 plans1 movements1 etc41 with1 or in the presence of1 civilians of any age1 sex or nationality4 ,,fire ,there are three kinds of fire3 7#a7 ,volley ,fire4 ,every one fires at the command ,,fire4 ,it is used at funerals and occasionally in the first part of an action when the enemy presents a large1 compact target4 7#b7 ,fire ,at ,will4 ,in this each soldier fires1 loads1 and fires again independently of the others4 ,he fires fast or slow as the occasion demands4 7#c7 ,clip ,fire4 ,the soldier stops firing when he has finished his clip of five cartridges4 ,this assists in preventing an undue expenditure of ammunition and in abating excitement4 ,,the ,,difference ,,between ,,independent ,,and ,,divisional ,,cavalry ,the main difficulty in seeing the distinction between ,independent and ,divisional ,cavalry consists in our forgetting that we have different kinds of organizations in the army as well as we have anywhere else4 ,let us clearly understand this3 7#a7 ,an ,infantry ,division is composed of nine regiments of infantry1 two of artillery1 and one of cavalry4 7#b7 ,a ,cavalry ,division is composed of nine regiments of cavalry1 one regiment of horse artillery1 and no infantry4 ,the cavalry attached to an ,infantry ,division is1 in general1 called ,divisional ,cavalry4 ,it operates at but comparatively short distances from its division1 its duties being of a somewhat local nature4 ,the ,independent ,cavalry1 because it can move so rapidly1 is sent far in advance 7thirty1 forty1 or even fifty or more miles7 of the main army to obtain general information1 such as the approximate strength and location of the enemy's forces4 ,the ,division ,commander1 since he is so far away from the ,commanding ,general of the army in rear1 and since he has broad general duties to perform1 must of necessity have broad powers and1 in general1 be permitted to act as the occasion demands4 ,he is1 therefore1 said to act independently1 and his cavalry is called ,independent ,cavalry4 ,,the ,,difference ,,between ,,strategy ,,and ,,tactics ,strategy is generalship in its broadest conception4 ,a strategist conceives and projects campaigns4 ,he determines where armies and navies are to be sent4 ,he is not concerned with the handling or manoeuvers of armies and fleets4 ,he turns over those details to tacticians4 ,he is the master mind1 far removed1 generally1 from the battle line1 who picks up an army or fleet here1 and puts it there4 ,tactics is the act and science of disposing 7arranging7 armies and fleets in order for battle4 ,a tactical commander 7tactician7 solves local details4 ,strategy pertains to conception1 to policy2 tactics1 to technique4 ,the great ,general ,staff in ,washington inaugurates the problems to be solved 7strategy71 and details commanders 7tacticians7 to solve them4 ,,employment ,,of ,,air ,,craft ,,on ,,and ,,near ,,the ,,firing ,,line ,,in ,,the ,,theater ,,of ,,operation ,airplanes will move far out1 perhaps hundreds of miles1 in front of our most advanced cavalry for the purpose of gathering general information of large bodies of the enemy's forces4 ,this is called ,strategical ,reconnaissance4 ,other airplanes do more local scouting4 ,they go but comparatively short distances from the firing line for the purpose of determining the location of trenches1 supports1 reserves1 artillery positions1 etc4 ,this is called tactical reconnaissance4 ,they give their artillery commanders information as to where their projectiles are falling4 ,during siege operations 7as in ,europe1 where some trenches have remained in about the same place for long periods7 photographers go up in airplanes each morning and photograph the enemy's trench lines4 ,blue prints are made of these lines4 ,by comparing these with the lines of the previous day it is easy to determine the changes that have been made during the night4 ,other airplanes are detailed for the purpose of combat4 ,they prevent opposing airplanes from gathering information4 ,,the ,,big ,,ideas ,,of ,,marches ,for marches to be entirely successful three conditions must be fulfilled3 7#a7 the troops must get there2 7#b7 they must get there on time2 7#c7 and they must get there in good condition4 ,now suppose that you were ordered to conduct the march of a company of green men for a distance of #bjj miles1 just how would you solve the problem8 ,before starting1 very careful preparations should be made4 ,your men should be in good physical condition2 they must be given so much work that they are athletes4 ,keep these points in mind3 #a4 ,always have1 when possible1 the comfort of your men in mind4 ,their work in carrying a load of nearly forty pounds and marching around fifteen miles a day will be hard enough4 ,don't give them any extra hardships4 #b4 ,make the conditions of the march pleasant4 ,encourage the men to laugh and sing4 #c4 ,use wagons1 automobiles1 etc41 to carry heavy loads 7burdens7 whenever possible4 #d4 ,it is a custom of the service to help a man who may not be strong physically but who is straining every nerve to get there4 ,be the first to volunteer to carry for him his rifle or part of his burden4 #e4 ,look out especially for the feet of your men and the hoofs of your animals4 #f4 ,on long marches one day in seven should be a day of rest and recreation4 #g4 ,never take an extremely hard and long 7forced7 march unless imperative4 #h4 ,as a rule troops pay no compliments on the march4 ,they have enough to do without that4 #i4 ,let the object to be accomplished determine the general conduct of the march 7the time of starting1 the rate1 length of march1 halts1 etc47 ,,shelter ,when troops are sheltered under canvas 7in tents71 they are in camp4 ,when they are resting on the ground without tents 7for instance1 on the firing line the night before or during a battle71 they are in what is called bivouac4 ,when they occupy buildings in towns or villages1 or huts especially erected1 they are in cantonment4 ,when they are assigned to public 7such as post-offices1 town halls1 court houses1 hotels1 etc47 or private buildings they are said to be billeted4 ,,selection ,,of ,a ,,camping ,,ground ,suppose that you were sent on ahead of troops on the march to select a camp ground for them1 what big ideas should you bear in mind4 #a4 ,the ground should be large enough for the troops without crowding4 ,in case of rain it should be easily drained4 ,and there should be no stagnant water near 7say1 within #cjj yards74 #b4 ,there should be plenty of pure water4 #c4 ,there should be good roads around4 #d4 ,wood1 grass1 forage1 and supplies for the men and animals must be at hand or obtainable4 ,closely cropped turf with sandy or gravelly subsoil is best4 ,let us not forget that good old-fashioned guide1 common sense4 ,men are as human in camp as elsewhere4 ,in hot weather shade trees are desirable4 ,in cold weather ground sloping to the south1 with woods to break the winds is fine4 ,avoid old camp grounds1 marshy ground1 and places where mosquitoes are plentiful4 ,,advice ,,to ,,officers ,a company of infantry is composed of three officers and one hundred and fifty non-commissioned officers and privates4 ,what a shame to have a private the mental and moral superior of those above him6 ,the average ,american makes a first-rate soldier4 ,he wants his officers to be efficient and high-toned leaders4 ,it thrills him to have their actions pitched in a high key4 ,he wants to be well instructed4 ,he wants to be led with tact and diplomacy4 ,he wants them to be neat1 to dress immaculately1 and to be military in bearing4 ,he wants to feel that there is no favoritism2 that justice prevails4 ,be stern in discipline4 ,exact nothing less than the best in a man4 ,tolerate no slovenliness4 ,deal laziness a sharp rebuke4 ,the great majority of your men are doing their level best4 ,let them know that this is what you expect1 but at the same time you appreciate them for it4 ,when a thing is wrong1 say so4 ,explain the correct method4 ,do so calmly and efficiently4 ,you have made worse mistakes yourself4 ,your men did not want to make the mistake4 ,they did so from ignorance4 ,it is possible that you have not made the matter clear to them1 or the fault is yours not theirs4 ,don't be too intimate with your men4 ,experience has proven that you cannot fraternize with an enlisted man one minute and then punish him for misconduct the next4 ,when you discipline a man1 first make him see his error from your point of view1 and then1 reprimand him or decide on his punishment in an absolutely impersonal manner4 ,grow impatient1 become excited1 and irritable1 rebuke too severely an uninstructed man who has made a small1 unintentional mistake1 use any words unworthy of your position--and you demonstrate clearly to your men your unworthiness to hold your office4 ,when there is peace and harmony and efficiency in your organization1 you are responsible for it4 ,when there are grumblings1 lack of enthusiasm and esprit-de-corps1 be honest and sensible and see if you are also not responsible for it4 ,no matter how badly things are going at drill1 never lose your temper with the company4 ,when things are going well1 let your men feel that you are proud of them4 ,a company should be like a good football team3 every man in it right behind the captain4 ,a ,,final ,,word ,now it is proper to consider your relation to your immediate superiors4 ,you have no business commanding unless you have first learned how to obey4 ,the finer the training and caliber of an officer1 the more sensitive is he to the wishes of his commanding officer1 however1 informally they may be expressed4 ,the ideal officer is a ,christian gentleman who has no task too small to faithfully perform1 whose country's welfare is above his own1 ready for any sacrifice great or small2 whose thoughtfulness and efficiency last twenty-four hours a day1 whose relations with his superiors are based on modesty1 cheerfulness1 and loyalty4 ,a message from the ,father and ,mother whose son is to serve under you3 ,i want my boy to do his bit4 ,i want him to willingly submit to all sacrifices4 ,i don't limit them4 ,i expect him to become efficient4 ,i expect him to obey orders4 ,that means all orders4 ,wrong orders as well as right orders4 ,but ,i want him to have a fighting chance4 ,i don't want him to serve under an inefficient officer who is playing to the galleries2 who is in the habit of doing things wrong instead of right4 ,if the worst should come1 ,i want my boy to perish for a good cause4 ,i don't want there to be any blunders about it4 ,in willingly placing my boy under your orders1 ,i charge you with a sacred task4 ,i charge you to lead him efficiently4 ,,supplement ,,advance ,,work ,,supplement ,,chapter ,i ,,the ,,theory ,,of ,,security 7,copied from the ,field ,service ,regulations7 ,,general ,,principles ,security embraces all those measures taken by a command to protect itself from observation1 annoyance1 or surprise by the enemy4 ,ordinarily this security is provided in part by cavalry4 ,but as a command is not always preceded by cavalry1 and as this cavalry can not always prevent sudden incursions of the enemy or discover his patrols1 additional security becomes necessary4 ,this is obtained by covering the immediate front of the command with detachments4 ,on the march these detachments are called advance1 flank1 or rear guards2 in camp or bivouac they are called outposts4 ,the object of the former is to facilitate the movement of the main body and to protect it from surprise and observation2 the object of the latter is to secure the camp or bivouac against surprise and to prevent an attack upon it before the troops can prepare to resist4 ,on the march these detachments facilitate the advance of the main body by promptly driving off small bodies of the enemy who seek to harass or delay it2 by removing obstacles from the line of advance2 by repairing roads1 bridges1 etc41 thus enabling the main body to advance uninterruptedly in convenient marching formations4 ,they protect the main body by preventing the enemy from firing into it when in close formation2 by holding the enemy and enabling the main body to deploy before coming under effective fire2 by preventing its size and condition being observed by the enemy2 and1 in retreat1 by gaining time for it to make its escape or to reorganize its forces4 ,as the principal duty of these bodies is the same1 viz41 that of protecting the main body1 there is a general similarity in the formations assumed by them4 ,there is 7#a7 the cavalry covering the front2 next1 7#b7 a group1 or line of groups1 in observation2 then 7#c7 the support1 or line of supports1 whose duty is to furnish the observation groups1 and check the enemy pending the arrival of reinforcements2 still farther in rear is 7#d7 the reserve4 ,an advance or flank guard commander marches well to the front1 and1 from time to time1 orders such additional reconnaissance or makes such changes in his dispositions as the circumstances of the case demand4 ,in large commands troops from all arms are generally detailed1 the proportion from each being determined by the tactical situation2 but commanders detail no more troops than the situation actually requires1 as an excessive amount of such duty rapidly impairs the efficiency of a command4 ,as a general rule troops detailed on the service of security vary in strength from one twentieth to one third of the entire command1 but seldom exceed the latter4 ,when practicable1 the integrity of tactical units is preserved4 ,in mixed commands infantry usually forms the greater part of the troops detailed to the service of security4 ,cavalry is assigned to that duty whenever advantage can be taken of its superior mobility4 ,the kind and amount of artillery are determined by circumstances4 ,the field trains of troops on this duty generally remain with the field train of the command1 but if conditions permit they may join their organizations4 ,troops on the service of security pay no compliments2 individuals salute when they address1 or are addressed by1 a superior officer4 ,,advance ,,guards ,an advance guard is a detachment of the main body which precedes and covers it on the march4 ,its duties are3 7#a7 ,to guard against surprise and furnish information by reconnoitering to the front and flanks4 7#b7 ,to push back small parties of the enemy and prevent their observing1 firing upon1 or delaying the main body4 7#c7 ,to check the enemy's advance in force long enough to permit the main body to prepare for action4 7#d7 ,when the enemy is encountered on the defensive1 to seize a good position and locate his lines1 care being taken not to bring on a general engagement unless the advance-guard commander is empowered to do so4 7#e7 ,to remove obstacles1 repair the road1 and favor in every way possible the steady march of the column4 ,,strength ,,and ,,composition ,subject to variation according to the situation1 one twentieth to one third of a command may be assumed as a suitable strength for the advance guard4 ,the larger the force1 the larger in proportion is the advance guard1 for a large command takes relatively longer to prepare for action than a small one4 ,in large commands it is usually composed of all arms1 the proportions depending on the nature of the work1 character of the country1 etc4 ,,distance ,,from ,,the ,,main ,,body ,while the distance between these two bodies should be great enough to prevent needless interruptions in the march of the main body1 and to give the latter time to deploy should the enemy be encountered1 it should never be so great that timely support of the advance guard becomes impracticable4 ,illustration3 ,,plate ,,showing the ,,ideas ,,involved ,,in an ,,advance ,,guard ,as you go from the point to the main body note that the distances are greater as the groups become larger4 ,larger groups require more time and space1 when getting ready for action1 than small groups4 ,a very important thing to remember in connection with this plate is that you have only such groups in an advance guard as are necessary to insure protection for the main body4 ,,distribution ,,of ,,troops ,an advance-guard order generally describes the following distribution of troops3 ,advance cavalry4 ,support4 ,reserve4 ,the manner in which the advance-guard cavalry is employed depends upon the situation4 ,its proper place is in the direction of the enemy1 and generally all or the greater part is used as advance cavalry4 ,if weak in numbers1 it may be assigned to the support4 ,,advance ,,cavalry ,the advance cavalry is that part of the advance-guard cavalry preceding the support4 ,it reconnoiters far enough to the front and flanks to guard the column against surprise by artillery fire1 and to enable timely information to be sent to the advance-guard commander4 ,,support ,following the advance cavalry is the support1 varying in strength from one fourth to one half of the advance guard4 ,in mixed commands it consists of infantry1 to which engineers may be attached4 ,if there is no advance cavalry1 some cavalry should be attached to the support for reconnoitering duty4 ,as the support moves out it sends forward an advance party several hundred yards1 the distance varying with the terrain and the size of the command4 ,the advance party supplements the work of the advance cavalry1 reconnoitering to the front and flanks to guard the support against surprise by effective rifle fire4 ,the patrol preceding the advance party on the line of march is called the point1 and is commanded by an officer or an experienced noncommissioned officer4 ,with the advance cavalry in front but little reconnoitering by infantry is necessary1 and the advance party is relatively small--one eighth to one third of the support4 ,if there is no advance cavalry1 the advance party is made stronger 7about one half of the support7 and the flanks are guarded1 if necessary1 by additional patrols sent out from the support and even from the reserve4 ,the support commander ordinarily marches with the advance party1 but goes wherever needed4 ,he sees that the proper road is followed2 that guides are left in towns and at crossroads2 that necessary repairs are made to roads1 bridges1 etc41 and that information of the enemy or affecting the march is promptly transmitted to the advance-guard commander4 ,he endeavors promptly to verify information of the enemy4 ,,reserve ,the reserve follows the support at several hundred yards' distance4 ,it consists of the remainder of the infantry and engineers1 the artillery1 and the ambulance company4 ,the artillery usually marches near the head of the reserve1 the engineers 7with bridge train1 if any7 and special troops at the rear4 ,,reconnaissance ,in conducting the reconnaissance the patrols are1 as a rule1 small--from two to six men4 ,if additional protection is necessary1 a flank guard covers the threatened flank4 ,the flanking patrols1 whether of the advance cavalry or advance party1 are sent out to examine the country wherever the enemy might be concealed4 ,if the nature of the terrain permits1 these patrols march across country or along roads and trails paralleling the march of the column4 ,for cavalry patrols this is often possible2 but with infantry patrols and even with those that are mounted1 reconnaissance is generally best done by sending the patrols to high places along the line of march to overlook the country and examine the danger points4 ,these patrols report or signal the results of their observations and1 unless they have other instructions1 join their units by the most practicable routes1 other patrols being sent out as the march proceeds and as the nature of the country required4 ,deserters1 suspicious characters1 and bearers of flags of truce1 the latter blindfolded1 are taken to the advance-guard commander4 ,civilians are not permitted to precede the advance guard4 ,communication between the fractions of an advance guard and between the advance guard and main body is maintained by wire1 messenger service1 or signals4 ,,advance ,,guard ,,of ,a ,,small ,,command ,in forming the advance guard of a command smaller than a brigade1 the foregoing distribution is modified1 depending upon the situation4 ,a company or troop usually sends forward only a point1 a battalion or squadron1 an advance party2 but a battalion or squadron at war strength should put a company or troop in the advance guard and a regiment should put a battalion or squadron1 if an enemy is liable to be met4 ,whenever the advance guard is less than a battalion1 there is no reserve4 ,,rear ,,guards ,the rear guard is charged with the important duty of covering the retreat4 ,when a commander decides to retreat1 he issues the necessary order4 ,during a retreat the outpost for the night usually forms the rear guard of the following day4 ,,strength ,,and ,,composition ,the strength of a rear guard depends upon the nature of the country and the strength and character of the pursuing force4 ,it can not1 like the advance guard1 count on the support of the main body4 ,machine guns are especially useful in the passage of defiles and in covering the crossings of rivers4 ,engineers and ambulance companies are usually assigned to rear guards4 ,the troops of a rear guard are selected from those that have had previous local successes1 or have suffered little loss and are comparatively fresh4 ,,distribution ,,of ,,troops ,the proximity and conduct of the enemy control1 to a large extent1 the formation of a rear guard4 ,when it is not necessary to withdraw in deployed lines1 the greater part of the rear guard marches on the road in column of route1 taking up a formation resembling that of an advanced guard faced to the rear4 ,the distribution of troops is therefore similar to that of an advance guard1 namely3 ,reserve4 ,support4 ,rear cavalry4 ,the rear cavalry is that portion of the rear-guard cavalry following the support4 ,the support1 as in an advance guard1 is divided into two parts2 that part nearest the enemy is called the rear party and marches with a rear point4 ,,distances ,the distance of the rear guard from the main body and between the fractions of the rear guard are about the same as in the case of an advance guard4 ,if marching at night1 the rear guard draws nearer the main body4 ,,rear ,,guard ,,of ,,an ,,advancing ,,force ,if there is a possibility that the rear of the column may be attacked1 a rear guard of suitable strength and composition is provided1 its conduct is practically the same as that of the rear guard of a retreating force4 ,it generally marches in rear of the trains1 those organizations following the combatant troops without distance4 ,,outposts ,the size and disposition of the outpost will depend upon many circumstances1 such as the size of the whole command1 the proximity of the enemy and the situation with respect to him1 the nature of the terrain1 etc4 ,a suitable strength may vary from a very small fraction to one third of the whole force4 ,for a single company in bivouac a few sentinels and patrols will suffice2 for a large command a more elaborate outpost system must be provided4 ,it should be no stronger than is consistent with reasonable security4 ,the most economical protection is furnished by keeping close contact with the enemy by means of outpost patrols1 in conjunction with resisting detachments on the avenues of approach4 ,the outpost should be composed of complete organizations4 ,the positions held by the subdivisions of the outpost should generally be prepared for defense1 but conditions may render this unnecessary4 ,troops on outpost keep concealed as much as is consistent with the proper performance of their duties2 especially do they avoid appearing on the sky line4 ,,composition ,a mixed outpost is composed principally of infantry4 ,the infantry is charged with the duty of local observation1 especially at night and with resisting the enemy long enough for the main body to prepare for action4 ,the cavalry is charged with the duty of reconnaissance1 and is very useful in open country during the day4 ,if the infantry has been severely taxed by marching or fighting1 a large part of the outpost may be temporarily formed of cavalry4 ,artillery is useful to outposts when its fire can sweep defiles or large open spaces and when it commands positions that might be occupied by hostile artillery4 ,the guns are carefully concealed or protected and are usually withdrawn at night4 ,machine guns are useful to command approaches and check sudden advances of the enemy4 ,the field trains of troops on outpost duty generally join their organizations2 if an engagement is probable1 they may be held in rear4 ,,distribution ,,of ,,outpost ,,troops ,the outpost will generally be divided into four parts4 ,these1 in order from the main body1 are the reserve1 the line of supports1 the line of outguards1 and the advance cavalry4 ,illustration3 ,,plate ,,showing ,,the ,,ideas ,,involved ,,in ,,an ,,outpost ,the distance separating these parts1 and their distance from the main body1 will depend upon the object sought1 the nature of the terrain1 and the size of the command4 ,there can be no uniformity in the distance between supports and reserve1 nor between outguards and supports1 even in the same outpost4 ,the avenues of approach and the important features of the terrain will largely control their exact positions4 ,the outpost of a small force should ordinarily hold the enemy beyond effective rifle range of the main body until the latter can deploy4 ,for the same purpose the outpost of a large force should hold the enemy beyond the artillery range4 ,the reserve constitutes the main body of the outpost and is held at some central point from which it can readily support the troops in front or hold a rallying position on which they may retire4 ,the reserve may be omitted when the outpost consists of less than two companies4 ,the reserve may comprise one-fourth to two-thirds of the strength of the outpost4 ,the supports constitute a line of resisting and supporting detachments1 varying in size from a half company to a battalion4 ,they furnish the line of outguards4 ,the supports are numbered consecutively from right to left4 ,they are placed at the more important points on the outpost line1 usually in the line on which resistance is to be made in case of attack4 ,as a general rule1 roads exercise the greatest influence on the location of supports1 and a support will generally be placed on or near a road4 ,the section which it is to cover should be clearly defined by means of tangible lines on the ground and should be such that the support is centrally located therein4 ,the outguards constitute the line of small detachments farthest to the front and nearest to the enemy4 ,for convenience they are classified as pickets1 sentry squads1 and cossack posts4 ,they are numbered consecutively from right to left in each support4 ,a picket is a group consisting of two or more squads1 ordinarily not exceeding half a company1 posted in the line of outguards to cover a given sector4 ,it furnishes patrols and one or more sentinels1 double sentinels1 sentry squads1 or cossack posts for observation4 ,pickets are placed at the more important points in the line of outguards1 such as road forks4 ,the strength of each depends upon the number of small groups required to observe properly its sector4 ,a sentry squad is a squad posted in observation at an indicated point4 ,it posts a double sentinel in observation1 the remaining men resting near by and furnishing the reliefs of sentinels4 ,in some cases it may be required to furnish a patrol4 ,a cossack post consists of four men4 ,it is an observation group similar to a sentry squad1 but employs a single sentinel4 ,at night it will sometimes be advisable to place some of the outguards or their sentinels in a position different from that which they occupy in the day time4 ,in such case the ground should be carefully studied before dark and the change made at dusk4 ,however1 a change in the position of the outguard will be exceptional4 ,sentinels are generally used singly in daytime1 but at night double sentinels will be required in most cases4 ,sentinels furnished by cossack posts or sentry squads are kept near their group4 ,those furnished by pickets may be as far as #ajj yards away4 ,every sentinel should be able to communicate readily with the body to which he belongs4 ,sentinel posts are numbered consecutively from right to left in each outguard4 ,sentry squads and cossack posts furnished by pickets are counted as sentinel posts4 ,by day1 cavalry reconnoiters in advance of the line of observation4 ,at night1 however1 that the horses may have needed rest and because the work can be done better by infantry1 the greater part of the cavalry is usually withdrawn in rear of the supports1 generally joining the reserve1 small detachments being assigned to the supports for patrolling at a distance4 ,with efficient cavalry in front1 the work of the infantry on the line of observation is reduced to a minimum4 ,general instructions for the advance cavalry are given by the outpost commander1 but details are left to the subordinate4 ,instead of using outguards along the entire front of observation1 part of this front may be covered by patrols only4 ,these should be used to cover such sections of the front as can be crossed by the enemy only with difficulty and over which he is not likely to attempt a crossing after dark4 ,in daylight much of the local patrolling may be dispensed with if the country can be seen from the posts of the sentinels4 ,however1 patrols should frequently be pushed well to the front unless the ground in that direction is exceptionally open4 ,patrols or sentinels must be the first troops which the enemy meets1 and each body in rear must have time to prepare for the blow4 ,these bodies cause as much delay as possible without sacrificing themselves1 and gradually retire to the line where the outpost is to make its resistance4 ,patrols must be used to keep up connection between the parts of the outpost except when1 during daylight1 certain fractions or groups are mutually visible4 ,after dark this connection must be maintained throughout the outpost except where the larger subdivisions are provided with wire communication4 ,in addition to ordinary outguards1 the outpost commander may detail from the reserve one or more detached posts to cover roads or areas not in the general line assigned to the supports4 ,in like manner the commander of the whole force may order detached posts to be sent from the main body to cover important roads or localities not included in the outpost line4 ,the number and strength of detached posts are reduced to the absolute needs of the situation4 ,,establishing ,,the ,,outpost ,the outpost is posted as quickly as possible1 so that the troops can the sooner obtain rest4 ,until the leading outpost troops are able to assume their duties1 temporary protection1 known as the march outpost1 is furnished by the nearest available troops4 ,the halt order of the commander1 besides giving the necessary information and assigning camp sites to the parts of the command1 details the troops to constitute the outpost1 assigns a commander therefor1 designates the general line to be occupied1 and1 when practicable1 points out the position to be held in case of attack4 ,the outpost commander1 upon receipt of this order1 should issue the outpost order with the least practicable delay4 ,in large commands it may often be necessary to give the order from the map1 but usually the outpost commander will have to make some preliminary reconnaissance1 unless he has an accurate and detailed map4 ,the order gives such available information of the situation as is necessary to the complete and proper guidance of subordinates2 designates the troops to constitute the supports2 assigns their location and the sector each is to cover2 provides for the necessary detached posts2 indicates any special reconnaissance that is to be made2 orders the location and disposition of the reserve2 disposes of the train if same is ordered to join the outpost2 and informs subordinates where information will be sent4 ,after issuing the initial orders1 the outpost commander inspects the outpost1 orders the necessary changes or additions1 and sends his superior a report of his dispositions4 ,the reserve is marched to its post by its commander1 who then sends out such detachments as have been ordered and places the rest in camp or bivouac1 over which at least one sentinel should be posted4 ,connection must be maintained with the main body1 the supports1 and nearby detached posts4 ,the supports march to their posts1 using the necessary covering detachments when in advance of the march outpost4 ,a support commander's order should fully explain the situation to subordinates1 or to the entire command1 if it be small4 ,it should detail the troops for the different outguards and1 when necessary1 define the sector each is to cover4 ,it should provide the necessary sentinels at the post of support1 the patrols to be sent therefrom1 and should arrange for the necessary intrenching4 ,connection should be maintained with the adjoining supports and with the outguards furnished by the supports4 ,in posting his command the support commander must seek to cover his sector in such manner that the enemy cannot reach1 in dangerous numbers and unobserved1 the position of the support or pass by it within the sector intrusted to the support4 ,on the other hand1 he must economize men on observation and patrol duty1 for these duties are unusually fatiguing4 ,he must practise the greatest economy of men consistent with the requirements of practical security4 ,as soon as the posting of the support is completed1 its commander carefully inspects the dispositions and corrects defects1 if any1 and reports the disposition of his support1 including the patrolling ordered1 to the outpost commander4 ,this report is preferably made by means of a sketch4 ,each outguard is marched by its commander to its assigned station1 and especially in the case of a picket1 is covered by the necessary patrolling to prevent surprise4 ,having reached the position1 the commander explains the situation to his men and establishes reliefs for each sentinel1 and1 if possible1 for each patrol to be furnished4 ,besides these sentinels and patrols1 a picket must have a sentinel at its post4 ,the commander then posts the sentinels and points out to them the principal features1 such as towns1 roads1 and streams and gives their names4 ,he gives the direction and location of the enemy1 if known1 and of adjoining parts of the outpost4 ,he gives to patrols the same information and the necessary orders as to their routes and the frequency with which the same shall be covered4 ,each patrol should go over its route once before dark4 ,every picket should maintain connection by patrols with outguard on its right and left4 ,each commander will take precaution to conceal his outguard and will generally strengthen his position by intrenching4 ,,relieving ,,the ,,outpost ,evening and shortly before dawn are hours of special danger4 ,the enemy may attack late in the day in order to establish himself on captured ground by intrenching during the night2 or he may send forward troops under cover of darkness in order to make a strong attack at early dawn4 ,special precaution is therefore taken at those hours by holding the outpost in readiness1 and by sending patrols in advance of the line of observation4 ,if a new outpost is to be established in the morning1 it should arrive at the outpost position at daybreak1 thus doubling the outpost strength at that hour4 ,,chapter ,,ii ,,attack ,,and ,,defense ,combat is divided into two general classes1 the offensive 7attack7 and the defensive4 ,,the ,,theory ,,of ,,attack ,decisive results are obtained only by the offensive4 ,aggressiveness wins battles4 ,if you want to thrash a man go after him2 don't wait for him to come to you4 ,when attacking use every available man4 ,have every man in the proper place at the proper time and in a physical and moral condition to do his utmost4 ,,advantages ,,of ,,the ,,attack 7#a7 ,you can elect the point of attack while the defender must be prepared to resist at all points4 7#b7 ,the fact that you are advancing in spite of the defender's fire stimulates you and depresses the enemy4 7#c7 ,you leave your dead behind while the defender must fight among his fallen comrades1 which is demoralizing4 7#d7 ,you usually are conscious of the fact that you have more men on your side than the defender4 ,you have more rifles on the line than the enemy4 7#e7 ,your fire is usually more efficacious than that of your opponent because it is usually converging while his is diverging4 ,these advantages alone will not necessarily insure success1 but fire superiority1 if gained and maintained1 does insure success4 ,by gaining and maintaining fire superiority you remove all doubt as to the final outcome of the attack4 ,,different ,,kinds ,,of ,,attack ,the most usual kinds of attack are3 ,frontal ,attack4 ,this attack is delivered directly against the front of the enemy4 ,it offers little opportunity to bring more rifles against the enemy than he can bring against you4 ,decisive results can only be expected when your force is larger than your opponent's or when his is unduly extended4 ,it is a dangerous and costly method of attacking4 ,enveloping ,attack4 ,cover the front of the enemy with sufficient force to hold his attention and1 with the rest of your command1 strike a flank more or less obliquely4 ,since your line is now longer than his1 and you have more rifles in action your fire is converging while that of your enemy is diverging4 ,never attempt the envelopment of both flanks unless you greatly outnumber your enemy4 ,cooeperation between the frontal and enveloping attack is essential to success4 ,the fraction of the command that envelops the enemy is generally larger than that part in his front4 ,a wide turning movement is not an enveloping movement4 ,it is dangerous because your troops are separated and can be defeated in detail4 ,in an enveloping movement your line will usually be continuous2 it simply overlaps and envelops the enemy4 ,an enveloping attack will nearly always result locally in a frontal attack1 for it will meet the enemy's reserve4 ,let us repeat3 do not attempt a wide turning movement4 ,your forces will be separated1 they may not be able to assist each other1 and can be defeated in detail4 ,the tendency of a beginner is to attempt a wide turning movement4 ,the error of dispersion is then committed4 ,,the ,,actual ,,attack ,deployment4 ,to deploy means to extend the front4 ,when does a column extend its front or prepare to fight8 ,when open terrain1 which will probably expose the troops to hostile artillery fire1 is reached4 ,this place may be two or more miles from the enemy4 ,what is done8 ,strong patrols are sent out to clear the foreground of the enemy's patrol4 ,the plan of the attack is inaugurated4 ,extra ammunition is issued4 ,each organization is assigned its task4 ,the organizations in the firing lines are assigned objectives and move out1 followed by local supports and reserves4 ,don't understand that they go as skirmishers4 ,they usually march in column of squads4 ,strong combat patrols are sent out to protect each flank4 ,this is very important even with small commands4 ,,advancing ,,the ,,attack ,it is now necessary to advance the attack to a point where the rifle is effective1 so the attacking line can gain fire superiority4 ,the attack which halts to open fire at extreme range 7over #abjj yards7 is not likely to ever reach its destination 7the enemy74 ,effort should be made to arrive within #hjj yards of the enemy before opening fire4 ,how can this be done8 ,how can we pass over a mile or more of ground1 swept or likely to be swept1 first by the enemy's artillery fire and finally by rifle fire8 ,answer4--,by using all the cover the terrain offers 7escape the enemy's view71 by using inconspicuous formations1 by using such formations as to minimize the effect of the enemy's fire4 ,discipline at this stage of the attack is essential4 ,each company in the firing line will probably start its advance upon its objective in column of squads1 but taking advantage of all cover4 ,if thick underbrush is found1 squad columns would probably be used4 ,if the enemy's artillery fire becomes too effective platoon columns or thin lines are used1 dependent upon terrain1 cover and the time element4 ,every opportunity is taken to assemble the companies and continue the advance in column of squads when cover is available4 ,the supports1 following the firing line1 adopt the same methods to advance as the firing line4 ,in this stage of the attack your own artillery will he assisting you by replying to the enemy's artillery and infantry fire that is directed at you4 ,,the ,,fire ,,attack ,the fire attack commences when the infantry in the firing line first opens fire and it usually ends with the charge4 ,a charge is sometimes not necessary because the enemy withdraws from his position4 ,the fire attack does not start until the firing line cannot advance without ruinous and demoralizing losses4 ,it should not be over #abjj yards from the enemy4 ,at this time fire superiority must be gained4 ,this may necessitate a steady1 accurate fire for many hours4 ,for this purpose the commander puts more men on the firing line than the enemy and then some more if necessary4 ,local supports are used if required4 ,having gained fire superiority1 the advance by rushes commences1 but each rush must leave behind or have in front of it enough rifles to maintain fire superiority4 ,this determines the size of the rush4 ,you cannot lose this fire superiority and advance2 and once it is lost1 hours may be required to regain it4 ,the number of men in each rush will usually decrease as the enemy's position is approached4 ,if the firing line is stopped1 if fire superiority is lost and cannot be regained1 the firing line intrenches and holds on until darkness or until a favorable turn in the situation develops4 ,it is suicidal to turn back4 ,during the advance1 supports move up as close to the firing line as cover will permit1 adopting those formations best suited to keep down losses4 ,they may be as close as fifty yards to the firing line4 ,they should not be as far as #ejj yards in rear of it4 ,,the ,,charge ,there can be no rule to tell you when to charge4 ,it may be from #be to #djj yards4 ,the common sense 7tactical instinct7 of the senior ranking officer on the firing line must tell him the psychological moment to order the charge4 ,that moment will be when your fire has broken down the enemy's fire1 broken his resistance1 and destroyed his morale4 ,the artillery increases its range4 ,the firing line and remaining supports fix bayonets4 ,the former increases the rate of fire1 the latter rush forward under the protection of this fire1 join the firing line and give it the necessary impetus4 ,together they rush at the enemy's position4 ,no restraint is placed upon their ardor4 ,confidence in their ability to use the bayonet gives the charging troops the promise of success4 ,if the charge is successful1 the nearest formed bodies are sent instantly in pursuit and under cover of them the commands are reorganized1 order restored1 and arrangements made to resist a counter attack4 ,if the charge is unsuccessful the artillery or any formed troops in rear cover the withdrawal4 ,,the ,,theory ,,of ,,the ,,defensive ,the defensive is divided into the purely passive defense and the active defense4 ,the passive defense seeks merely to delay the enemy4 ,the results can never be other than negative4 ,it is usually for the purpose of gaining time and most frequently used by a rear guard4 ,since the idea of taking up the offensive is absent1 no strong reserves are held out for a counter attack2 the firing line is as strong as possible from the first2 every advantage is taken of obstacles1 natural or artificial4 ,the flanks must be made secure4 ,the active defense seeks to attack the other side at some stage of the engagement4 ,it seeks to win and only the offensive wins4 ,it is often necessary for a commander to assume the defensive 7active7 either voluntarily1 in order to gain time1 or to secure some advantage over the enemy2 or involuntarily1 as in a meeting engagement where the enemy gets a start in deployment for action or where the enemy's attack is impetuous and without sufficient preparation4 ,in either case the defensive force contents itself with parrying the blows of the enemy1 while gathering and arranging its strength1 looking and waiting for the right place and time to deliver a decisive blow which is called the counter attack4 ,hence1 a counter attack is the offensive movement of an active defense4 ,its success greatly depends on being delivered with vigor and at the proper time4 ,it may be delivered in two ways3 #ast--straight to the front against a weak point in the attacking line1 or #bnd--by launching the reserves against the enemy's flank after he is fully committed to the attack4 ,the latter method offers the greatest chances for success and the most effective results4 ,,advantages ,,and ,,disadvantages ,,of ,,the ,,defensive ,the defense has the following advantages over the attack3 7#a7 ,troops attacking afford a better target than the troops on the defensive4 7#b7 ,a larger amount of ammunition is usually available4 7#c7 ,the men can shoot better because they are not fatigued by advancing4 7#d7 ,losses will be less if good cover is secured4 ,,disadvantages ,,of ,,the ,,defense 7#a7 ,the defender surrenders the advantage of the initiative as the attacker can elect the point of attack and the defender must be prepared at all points4 7#b7 ,the defender must fight amidst his dead and wounded which is depressing4 7#c7 ,the defender1 seeing the enemy continually advancing1 becomes conscious of his inability to stop him4 ,this is depressing to the defender and is injurious to his morale4 ,,requisites ,,of ,a ,,good ,,defensive ,,position ,if you were looking for a good defensive position1 what points would you have in mind and of these points1 which would be the most important8 ,the requisites to be sought in a good defensive position are3 7#a7 ,a clear field of fire up to the effective range of the artillery4 7#b7 ,flanks that are naturally secure or that can be made so by the use of the reserves4 7#c7 ,extent of ground suitable to the strength of the force to occupy it4 7#d7 ,effective cover and concealment for the troops1 especially reserves4 7#e7 ,good communications throughout the position4 7#f7 ,good lines of retreat4 --,field ,service ,regulations4 ,all of these advantages will seldom if ever be found in the position selected4 ,the one should be taken which conforms closest to the description1 but you should bear in mind that a good field of fire and effective cover1 in the order named1 are the most important requisites4 ,in tracing the lines for the trenches1 avoid salients 7a hill1 spur1 woods1 etc41 that juts out from the general line in the direction of the enemy74 ,avoid placing the fire trench on the skyline4 ,locate it on or below the military crest4 ,the crest from which you can see all the ground to the front4 ,,preparing ,a ,,defensive ,,position ,now let us suppose ourselves as part of a battalion that is to occupy a defensive position4 ,what would probably be done8 ,how and in what order would it be done8 ,what would the major do8 ,he would decide upon the kind of defense 7active or passive7 to offer1 and then find a suitable defensive position in harmony with his plans4 ,he would determine exactly where the firing and other trenches are to be dug4 ,he would then call up the company commanders and issue his defense order in which the task of each company would be made clear4 ,those to occupy the firing line would each be assigned a sector of ground to the front to defend and a corresponding section of the fire trench to construct4 ,the supports would construct their trenches and the communicating trenches4 ,he would1 if necessary1 issue the necessary orders to protect the front and flanks by sending out patrols4 ,he would indicate how the position is to be strengthened and make arrangements for distributing the extra ammunition4 ,if time is a serious consideration1 the major would direct the work to be done in the order of its importance1 which is ordinarily as follows3 7#a7 ,clearing of foreground to improve the field of fire and construction of fire trench4 7#b7 ,head or overhead cover concealment4 7#c7 ,placing obstacles and recording ranges4 7#d7 ,cover trenches for supports and local reserves4 7#e7 ,communicating trenches4 7#f7 ,widening and deepening of trench2 interior conveniences4 ,now having cleared the foreground1 dug the trenches1 recorded ranges to the important objects in each sector1 etc41 the position can be occupied4 ,the citizen ordinarily pictures the firing trench full of soldiers when he is told the trenches are occupied4 ,not so4 ,patrols would be operating well to the front to give timely warning to one or two sentinels in each company fire trench of the approach of the enemy4 ,these sentinels would in turn inform the company which would probably be resting in the trenches in the rear4 ,,the ,,actual ,,defense ,let us suppose now that our battalion1 occupying this defensive position1 is a part of a larger force which is supported by artillery4 ,you see small objects one and a half to two miles to your front4 ,you know they are the enemy's troops because your artillery is firing at them and your combat patrols are being driven in4 ,your entire company has moved to its fire trench4 ,you have plenty of ammunition1 you know exactly the range4 ,what happens8 ,you open fire on the enemy at probably the extreme range of #bjjj yards4 ,only the hostile artillery can return this fire until the enemy's firing line closes to within #abjj yards of your position4 ,while an attacking force is thus approaching you may inflict very serious losses upon it4 ,but it cannot stop1 however serious its losses1 beyond #abjj yards2 for we have seen that1 if it stops advancing in order to fire1 it will probably never arrive at your position4 ,when within #abjj yards the enemy will build up a strong rifle fire against you and not attempt to advance until he has gained fire superiority4 ,it is your business not to let him get fire superiority1 and if he does do so to take it away from him when he withdraws parts of his rifles to advance by rushing4 ,fight each rush4 ,if your defense is active and you permanently stop the enemy's advance by gaining fire superiority1 and he cannot regain it1 even though he uses up his supports1 his firing line will become confused and demoralized and it will be the psychological time for the proper commander to launch his counter attack4 ,on the other hand1 if you cannot stop his advance1 fix bayonets 7firing line and remaining supports7 when he fixes bayonets and meet his charge in front of your trench4 ,all your supports will be moved up to assist you in opposing the charge4 ,if you are unsuccessful in the bayonet fight or forced to retire from your trenches during the fire fight your artillery1 cavalry and any formed reserves in the rear will cover your withdrawal1 which1 if possible1 should be made straight to the rear1 one part covering the withdrawal of the other part1 and so on4 ,reorganize at the first opportunity4 ,,chapter ,,iii ,,patrolling ,everything else being equal the army that possesses the most accurate information about the enemy will win4 ,military history recites the fact that almost every important battle has been either lost or won because of information or lack of information that one side had or did not have of the other side4 ,it is by the use of patrols that the most valuable information of the enemy is usually obtained4 ,there are many kinds of patrols1 but it is with reconnoitering or information seeking patrols that this chapter deals4 ,,duties ,,of ,a ,,patrol ,each reconnoitering patrol is given a certain mission 7duty7 to perform4 ,the name1 reconnoitering1 meaning to survey1 to view1 indicates that its first duty is to get information1 and information is always greatly increased in value if the enemy does not know it has been obtained4 ,having obtained valuable information1 its next duty is to send this information to the officer sending out the patrol4 ,,strength ,the strength of the patrol will generally depend on its mission and on the number of messages that it will probably send back4 ,the larger the patrol the greater the probability of the enemy seeing it4 ,on the other hand1 if it is too small1 it will not have sufficient members to send in important information and continue operations4 ,captain ,waldron in his book1 ,scouting and ,patrolling1 recommends a patrol of a leader and six selected men for ordinary reconnaissance4 ,this number makes it possible for the patrol leader to place a man out on each flank1 a man in advance1 two to remain with him and one to remain in the rear as the get-away man4 ,the officer who sends out the patrol determines its strength4 ,,commander ,the leader should be an officer or a noncommissioned officer4 ,he must have good judgment1 be cool1 be quick in making a decision1 be strong in physique1 have initiative1 and be brave1 but not to the extent of rashness4 ,besides his regular equipment he should have a good pair of field glasses1 a compass1 a watch1 wire cutters1 pencils1 a message book1 and a map of the country4 ,,instructions ,the officer sending out a patrol should give it instructions on the following points3 #a4 ,information of the enemy and of friendly supporting troops4 #b4 ,the mission of the patrol4 ,this will include the general direction in which it is to go4 #c4 ,how long the patrol is to remain out4 #d4 ,where messages are to be sent4 ,,preparation ,before going out the patrol commander will make a careful inspection of the members of his patrol in order to see3 #a4 ,that the members are in a suitable condition for the duty to be performed4 7,not drunk1 sick1 lame1 having a bad cough1 etc47 #b4 ,that each man is properly armed and has the requisite amount of ammunition4 #c4 ,that the accoutrement is so arranged that it will not rattle or glisten in the sunlight4 #d4 ,that no man has anything about him that will afford the enemy valuable information in the event of capture4 ,at the conclusion of this inspection he will1 in the presence of the officer sending out the patrol1 go over his orders1 giving his men all the information that he has of the enemy and his own troops2 state the duty 7mission7 of the patrol so that all may know what they are going to accomplish1 and he will follow this with a statement of his general plan for carrying it out4 ,he will designate an assembly point should the patrol be dispersed4 ,he will designate a second in command should he be disabled4 ,,formation ,illustration3 ,,suggested ,,formations ,,for ,,patrols ,it is impossible to lay down any hard-and-fast rule governing the formation and conduct of the operations of a patrol4 ,each situation will have to be worked out by itself4 ,the patrol should assume the general formation of a column of troops on the march2 that is1 it will have an advance guard1 a main body1 flankers and a rear guard4 ,these several elements may each be represented by only one man4 ,,conduct ,,of ,,the ,,patrol ,in communicating with each other for ordinary purposes the members of the patrol use signals agreed upon before the start4 ,for this purpose each man must constantly keep within sight and hearing distance of the leader4 ,a patrol moves cautiously1 taking advantage of all available cover1 seeking in every way to see without being seen4 ,it halts frequently to listen and make careful observations of its surroundings4 ,except at night a patrol should not move on roads4 ,villages and inhabited places should not as a rule be entered4 ,during the daytime it seeks high ground from which it can scan the country and at night it seeks a position from which the sky line can be observed4 ,,encountering ,,the ,,enemy ,if a small hostile patrol is encountered it is generally better to remain in concealment and let it pass than to attack4 ,the noise of a fight may be heard by the enemy1 the presence of the patrol therefore indicated1 and the enemy will take further precautions to oppose its operations4 ,if the patrol is suddenly attacked or surprised by a superior force1 the patrol should at once scatter in all directions and the members make their way back to the last place designated as a meeting place and then after reuniting continue the reconnaissance4 ,when a patrol fights it does so resolutely4 ,courage and coolness may bring about success when adverse conditions are encountered4 ,,returning ,a patrol can never be certain that the enemy's patrols are not operating in its rear4 ,hence in returning1 it is necessary to observe the usual precautions4 ,if the patrol has eluded the enemy1 it is best to return over a route other than that over which the start was made4 ,if a patrol1 after having accomplished its mission1 is being pursued1 it is well1 especially when near its own lines1 to engage the pursuing troops so as to give warning of its approach to the outpost line4 ,under the conditions just mentioned1 except the patrol is a great distance from its outpost line1 it may be necessary as a last resort to have the patrol scatter and each man return individually4 ,,chapter ,,iv ,,target ,,practice ,military shooting or target practice is very different from shotgun shooting1 or even the kind of shooting required of a large-game hunter2 therefore we should begin with the most elementary instruction and drills1 if proficiency is to be obtained4 ,our ,small ,arms ,firing ,regulations says1 ,the sole purpose of rifle training for the soldier is to make of him a good shot under war conditions4 ,proficient shots are made off the range and not on it4 ,by this we mean that the preliminary instruction you will receive before you go on the range will be of more benefit to you than the actual firing for record4 ,indeed1 firing on the range will only test your ability to put into use the many points covered by your preliminary instruction4 ,therefore1 if you are to become a proficient shot1 maintain your interest and enthusiasm at its highest pitch during the preliminary instruction4 ,your preliminary instructions will probably become so tedious and tiresome that you will lose sight of their objects4 ,each preliminary instruction has its own and different purpose1 and you will not receive the maximum benefit from them unless you realize this4 ,this chapter will first explain briefly the purpose of each preliminary drill1 and then give the essential things to be remembered when actually firing on the range4 ,,preliminary ,,instruction ,your preliminary instructions and their purposes are as follows3 #a4 ,nomenclature of the ,rifle4 ,the word nomenclature means the vocabulary of names or technical terms which are appropriate to any particular topic4 ,in this case the topic is the rifle4 ,this instruction will be a few lectures or talks by your company officers on the rifle4 ,you should become familiar with the parts of the rifle indicated in the following illustration3 ,illustration #b4 ,sighting ,drills4 ,purpose4 7a7 ,to explain the different kinds of sight4 7b7 ,to show how to align the sights properly on the bull's-eye4 7c7 ,to discover and demonstrate errors in sighting4 7d7 ,to teach uniformity in sighting4 ,there are two kinds of sights on the rear sight leaf1 the open and peep sight4 ,the open sight is the semi-circular notch a-b-c shown in the diagram below2 the peep sight is the small hold d just below the open sight4 ,illustration3 a1 b1 c--open sight d--peep sight ,the sighting drills will visually illustrate the following kinds of sights4 a--,normal ,sight4 ,this is the sight most frequently used4 ,the following illustration is the normal sight when the open sight notch is used4 ,illustration3 ,the figure i-k-l-m is the front sight ,b-,l-,m-,c the rear sight notch4 ,when the open sight is used the above diagram shows the correct alignments of the rear sight notch1 front sight and the bull's-eye4 ,the following features should be noticed3 #ast4 ,the front4sight 7i-k-l-m7 is exactly in the center of the rear sight notch 7,b-,l-,m-,c71 if it is in the right or left part of this notch the rifle will shoot to the right or left of the point aimed at4 #b;d4 ,there is a thin strip of white seen between the top of the front sight and the bull's-eye4 7,the ,marine ,corps and many army officers do not see this strip of white4 ,the method of aiming given and illustrated in this book is the same as found in the ,firing ,regulations for the ,army47 #c;d4 ,the top of the front sight should just touch an imaginary line connecting the shoulder at ,c with that at ,b4 7,this is most important47 #dth4 ,the aim is taken at the bottom of the bull's-eye and not at the top or center4 b--,fine ,sight4 ,the following illustration shows a fine sight which should never be used3 ,illustration ,this sight causes the rifle to shoot too low because not enough front sight is seen4 ,correspondingly1 if more front sight is seen than illustrated in the normal sights1 the rifle shoots high4 c--,normal ,sight4 ,the following illustration shows the normal sight when the peep sight is used4 ,illustration ,the above illustration shows the correct alignment of the peep sight1 front sight1 and the bull's-eye4 ,the following features should be noticed3 #ast4 ,the top of the front sight and not the bull's-eye is focused in the center of the peep sight4 #b;d4 ,there is a thin strip of white between the top of the front sight and the bottom of the bull's-eye4 #c4 ,position and ,aiming ,drills4 ,purpose3 ,to so educate the muscles of the arms and body that the gun1 during the act of aiming1 shall be held without restraint and during the operation of firing shall not be deflected from the target by any convulsion or improper movement of the trigger finger or of the body1 arms or hands4 ,these drills must be taken daily1 if they are to be of the maximum benefit4 ,if you are enthusiastic about rifle shooting1 and these drills are not give,c to you1 ask your company commander to show them to you1 as they can be executed to advantage at odd times4 #d4 ,deflection and ,elevation ,correction ,drills4 ,purpose4 ,to show you how to raise or lower your rear sight1 change your windage to the right or left1 and note the effect on the striking point of the bullet in each case4 ,in general terms these drills teach you3 7#a7 ,what to do when you are firing too high or low4 7,elevation ,drill47 7#b7 ,what to do when you are firing to the right or left of the target4 7,deflection ,drill47 ,the assumption is in each case that the gun is properly aimed the instant it is fired4 ,thoroughly to grasp every phase of the ,elevation and ,deflection ,drills1 it is best that you become familiarized with the dimensions of the following targets and the ranges at which each is used4 ,it is not intended that you shall retain all these figures in your mind4 ,,slow ,,fire ,,targets ,illustration3 ,,target ,a ,this target is used during slow fire at #bjj and #cjj yards4 ,illustration3 ,,target ,b ,this target is used during slow fire at #ejj and #fjj yards4 ,,rapid ,,fire ,,target ,illustration3 ,,target ,d ,this target is always used with the battle sight at #bjj1 #cjj1 and #ejj yards rapid fire4 ,battle sight is the position of the rear sight when the leaf is laid down1 which is the habitual position of the rear sight leaf at drill4 ,it is an open sight1 and corresponds to an elevation of #edg yards4 ,,windage ,the rear sight is set on a movable base so that it can be moved to the right or left and the aiming point shifted accordingly in order to counteract the effect of the wind on the bullet4 ,general ,rule4 ,to shift the striking point of the bullet to the left move the rear sight to the left4 ,and1 of course1 the reverse holds true when it is moved to the right4 ,a ,specific ,rule4 ,one point of windage moves the striking point of the bullet #d inches for every #ajj yards you are distant from the target4 7,one point of windage at #bjj yards causes the bullet to strike #h inches to the right or left of the line of aim2 one point at #cjj yards causes a #ab-;inch deflection of the bullet2 one point at #ejj yards a #bj-;inch deflection1 and so on47 ,,elevation ,general rule for changing the elevation after hitting the target3 ,a change of elevation either up or down1 of #ajj yards on your rear sight1 will raise or lower your bullet in inches on the target equal to the square of your distance in yards from the target4 ,i4e41 a change of #ajj yards in elevation on the rear sight leaf while firing at the #bjj-yard range raises or lowers the striking point of the bullet at the target #d inches4 ,a similar change while firing at the #cjj-yard range raises or lowers the striking point of the bullet #i inches1 at the #djj-yard range it would be #af inches1 at the #ejj-yard range #be inches1 and so on4 ,the following illustrations are self-explanatory in regard to windage and elevation changes and should be diligently studied during preliminary instruction4 ,the effect of windage changes 7given in points7 will be found at the bottom of each target1 while the effect of elevation changes 7given in yards7 will be found to the left of each target4 ,illustration3 ,,target ,a1 #f' x #d' ,,target ,b1 #f' x #f' ,the above system of indicating the windage and elevation on each target is used in the ,united ,states ,marine ,corps score book4 ,each man at ,plattsburg1 in #aiaf1 was supplied with one of these score books4 ,if used at the firing point they greatly simplify sight adjustments1 besides containing other very useful information on shooting4 #e4 ,gallery ,practise4 ,purpose #a4 ,to note errors in the position of the man while he is in the act of firing and call his attention to them after he has fired4 #b4 ,to give instruction in squeezing the trigger properly4 #c4 ,to stimulate and maintain interest4 #d4 ,offers a check on what the man has absorbed from the other preliminary drills4 ,fire just as much on the gallery range as you company commander will permit4 ,you cannot fire too much4 ,every shot you fire should teach you a lesson on some point connected with the art of shooting4 ,,slow ,,fire ,following satisfactory gallery practise scores the men go on the range for known distance practice4 ,here the army rifle is fired with service charges at known ranges2 first1 for instruction if time permits1 and then for record4 ,to obtain satisfactory results the firer must perform correctly five essential things1 namely3 #a4 ,hold the rifle on the mark4 #b4 ,aim properly4 #c4 ,squeeze the trigger properly4 #d4 ,call the shot4 #e4 ,make the proper sight adjustment4 ,they will be briefly and separately discussed3 #a4 ,holding4 ,unless the rifle is held steadily the bullet will not hit the desired mark4 ,the firer must be able to hold the rifle steadily in the three positions1 kneeling1 sitting4 lying down4 ,holding is a question of the proper body position1 use of the sling1 and practice4 ,body ,position4 ,the position of the firer must be comfortable4 ,you may1 at first1 feel constrained or cramped in the different positions but by continued practice the muscles and joints will become so supple and pliable that you can easily assume the correct position4 ,each man who is trying for a high score should utilize all available time to this end4 ,the following photographs illustrate the correct and incorrect positions3 ,illustration3 ,no4 #a ,,correct ,,sitting ,,position ,no4 #a4 ,notice the position of the elbows4 ,they are advanced past the knees so that the flat muscles on the back of the arms1 above the elbows1 rest against the legs4 ,notice the position of the right thumb and aiming eye2 also sling4 ,to assume this position correctly1 it is necessary that you lean well forward4 ,avoid the tendency of getting the feet too far apart4 ,illustration3 ,no4 #b4 ,,correct ,,sitting ,,position ,no4 #b4 ,notice ,the proper manner of working the bolt during rapid fire4 ,keep your gun at the shoulder while loading4 ,turn the gun to right and down a little4 ,don't make any unnecessary motions' ,illustration3 ,,incorrect ,,sitting ,,position ,no4 #a4 ,left elbow is resting on knee cap4 ,no support to steady right arm4 ,eye too far from rear sight4 ,lip is against stock4 7,this causes sore lips47 ,thumb around stock4 ,sling on outside of arm4 ,no4 #b4 ,this shows the common error of lowering the gun from the shoulder to load it during rapid fire4 ,illustration3 ,,correct ,,kneeling ,,position ,no4 #a4 ,correct kneeling position4 ,notice that the back of the left arm 7not elbow7 is resting on knee4 ,notice that the firer is sitting well down on the right leg4 ,this is essential4 ,illustration3 ,,incorrect ,,kneeling ,,position ,no4 #a4 ,thumb is around small of stock4 ,eye too far from rear sight4 ,the gun is turned 7canted7 to the right4 ,the sharp point of the elbow is resting on the knee which has a tendency to make the position an unsteady one4 ,no4 #b4 ,the improper manner of loading the gun during rapid fire4 ,he has lowered the gun from his shoulder to load it1 which is a time-killing proposition4 ,illustration3 ,,correct ,,prone ,,position ,no4 #a4 ,notice the right eye4 ,notice that the left arm is well under the gun4 ,notice where the gun is pressed against the shoulder4 ,notice position of right thumb4 ,no4 #b ,notice position of left arm4 ,notice the pressure of the sling against the left arm4 ,no4 #c ,notice the correct position of the legs and feet4 ,notice that the toes are turned out4 ,illustration3 ,,incorrect ,,prone ,,position ,no4 #a4 ,gun is canted to the right4 ,sling is on the outside of the arm4 ,right thumb is across small of stock which is the cause of bruises and sore lips4 ,left elbow not well under4 ,eye too far from rear sight piece4 ,no4 #b4 ,legs not straight4 ,gun canted to right4 ,left elbow not well under gun4 ,no4 #c4 ,legs are in an improper position4 ,body is twisted to the left4 ,sling4 ,your ability to hold the rifle steadily in any required position will be greatly increased by the proper adjustment and use of the sling4 ,indeed1 you cannot hope to hold the rifle steadily unless the sling is properly used4 ,the following photographs illustrate the correct way to get into the sling4 ,illustration3 ,no4 #a4 ,no4 #a4 ,notice that the left arm is slipped in between the sling and the gun from the left side4 ,it is then run through the sling from the right side of same4 ,notice how gun is held against leg4 ,notice that the muzzle of the gun is pointing up1 not down4 ,the bolt should be drawn back while you get into the sling4 ,this is to avoid accidents4 ,notice that the sight leaf is down4 ,illustration3 ,no4 #b ,no4 #b4 ,notice that the sling has been slipped up and over the large muscles of the upper arm4 ,also the left hand after being run through the sling is grasping the gun to that the sling is to the right4 ,by turning back now to the photographs illustrating the correct body positions you will see how the sling is used4 #b4 ,aiming4 ,an error of one one-hundredth of an inch in the amount of front sight seen1 at the instant the gun is fired1 will cause you to completely miss a man #ejj yards away4 ,hence1 the eye must be trained unless the firer has at all times a mental picture of how the sights and the bull's-eye look when properly aligned4 ,you should acquire this mental picture during your aiming exercises and by the time you go on the range you should have the eye so trained that you will focus it properly on your sights and target without mental effort4 #c4 ,trigger ,squeeze4 ,if you convulsively jerk the trigger to discharge the rifle1 you disturb your hold and aim and the mark is missed2 this is the recruit's most common error4 ,to properly squeeze trigger observe the following suggestions3 7a7 ,as you place your rifle to the shoulder1 take up the loose play in the trigger 7called the creep74 7b7 ,when the gun is properly aimed1 don't endeavor at that particular moment to fire it but be content to apply additional pressure to the trigger and then hold this pressure until the gun is again steady and properly aimed when a little more pressure is added and so on until the gun is discharged4 ,by using this system1 the firer does not know the exact instant the gun is to go off and the common faults1 namely1 flinching and jerking the trigger are unconsciously avoided4 7c7 ,fill lungs full1 that is take a deep breath1 let a little out1 and then stop breathing to fire4 #d4 ,calling the ,shot4 ,if the aiming eye is open when the gun is discharged1 the firer should know at what part of the target the gun was aimed at that instant1 and he should announce this fact to his coach or in the absence of a coach make a mental note of it4 ,if the bullet struck the target at the point where the gun was aimed the instant of discharge1 no sight correction is necessary2 on the other hand1 if the bullet did not strike the target at the point where the gun was aimed the instant of discharge1 the sights are probably improperly adjusted and should be changed as indicated in the following paragraph on sight adjustment4 #e4 ,sight ,adjustment4 ,if1 after firing two or more shots1 you find that1 in each case1 there is a constant error between where the bullet hits the target and the place where you called the shot1 your sights should be readjusted in accordance with your preliminary elevation and deflection drills4 ,when you decide to change your sight adjustment don't be timid and deal in half measures but apply a sufficient correction so that the rifle will hit where the shot is called4 ,the inexperienced man has a tendency to change his sights after each shot4 ,avoid this tendency4 ,,rapid ,,fire ,in rapid fire the battle sight is always used2 the firing is against time and at a field target 7,target ,d71 and from ranges #bjj1 #cjj1 and sometimes #ejj yards4 ,the battle sight corresponds to an elevation of #edg yards1 which makes it necessary for the firer at the #bjj and #cjj yard ranges to aim at a point about #b-a_/b feet below the part of the target that it is desired to hit4 ,prior to record firing each man should determine these aiming points by slow fire1 at ranges #bjj and #cjj yards1 using the battle sight4 ,there is one golden rule that must be followed if you are to get a good score at rapid fire3 ,you must use the minimum time possible in loading and the maximum time possible for aiming and squeezing the trigger4 ,to be more specific1 this means work your bolt quickly but aim and squeeze your trigger slowly4 ,,hints ,,on ,,rapid ,,fire #a4 ,when you go to the firing point get two clips of cartridges1 one to be used at the command load and the extra one is placed in the belt4 #b4 ,see that your cut-off is up4 #c4 ,when the target first appears drop quickly into the required position for firing4 ,a great deal of time is usually lost by the firer squirming around trying to get into a comfortable position4 #d4 ,don't hurry your first or last shot4 ,these are the two shots that are usually bad4 #e4 ,if your second clip jams or breaks1 turn the cut-off up1 load and fire each cartridge separately4 #f4 ,leave the gun at your shoulder while working the bolt4 #g4 ,be careful to fire on your own target4 #h4 ,if a cartridge fails to fire1 it is very probably because the bolt is not all the way down2 therefore recock the gun 7pull the firing pin back71 make certain the bolt is down1 and fire again4 #i4 ,as soon as the targets disappear cease firing1 come to ,inspection ,arms1 examine your rifle for unfired cartridges4 ,,general ,,hints ,,and ,,cautions #a4 ,don't be afraid of the kick2 it is more imaginary than real when the sling is properly used1 your shoulder properly padded1 and the gun properly held4 #b4 ,rest your cheek1 not your jaw bone1 lightly against the small of the stock4 #c4 ,rest your right thumb along the right side of the stock and not on top of it4 #d4 ,blacken both front and rear sights1 adjust and place your arm in the sling1 and if possible set your sights while you are waiting your turn to go to the firing point4 #e4 ,approach and leave the firing point with your bolt drawn back4 ,this is to prevent accidents4 #f4 ,when not actually aiming1 have your bolt drawn back4 #g4 ,never attempt to force the bolt into the gun in case of a jam1 but ask a coach to fix it for you4 #h4 ,don't allow the muzzle to touch the ground4 #i4 ,don't rub your eyes while at the firing point4 #aj4 ,when not actually aiming1 rest the eyes by shading them or looking at something green4 #aa4 ,clean the bore of your rifle before and after firing4 ,after firing it should be cleaned daily1 until a rag run through it will not be soiled4 #ab4 ,clean the rifle from the breech4 #ac4 ,zero of rifle4 ,every rifle1 owing to slight inequalities of boring1 sights1 and the personal errors of the firer1 shoots differently4 ,when you have ascertained its 7rifle7 and your own peculiar errors and you know where to set your sights to counteract these constant errors1 you have determined what is commonly termed the zero of your rifle4 ,to illustrate1 if you were shooting on a perfectly calm day 7which is essential7 at the target from the #ejj-yard range1 and you found that you required one half a point left windage in order to hit the bull's-eye when no wind is blowing1 the zero of your rifle for that range would be one half a point left windage4 ,,care ,,of ,,the ,,rifle ,keep the metal part of your rifle covered with a thin coating of light oil2 #c-;in-#a oil is ordinarily used4 ,this is especially important in damp weather4 ,always clean the bore from the breech4 ,this avoids injuring the muzzle4 ,the pull through 7a string found in the oiler and thong case7 is only used in the field4 ,after the rifle is fired the bore is covered with an acid which1 if left in the bore1 will eat into the metal and pit it4 ,to avoid this1 swab out the barrel as soon as possible after firing with ,hoppe's ,powder ,solvent1 ,no4 #i which can be purchased at the camp stores4 ,if this powder solvent is not available1 dissolve some soda in water and use it4 ,when the barrel is clean1 dry it out thoroughly by running several dry rags through it4 ,next run several rags1 saturated in oil1 through the barrel1 this for the purpose of oiling the bore and preventing rust4 ,this process of cleaning should be repeated for at least three successive days following the firing of the rifle4 ,the metal fouling1 caused by the pealing off in the bore of the jacket of the bullet1 can only be removed by an application of an ammonia solution which should not be used by an inexperienced man4 ,,miscellaneous ,,information ,the ,bayonet4 ,the bayonet is a cutting and thrusting weapon consisting of three principal parts1 viz41 the blade1 the guard1 and the grip4 ,the weight of a bayonet is #a pound4 ,illustration ,captain ,b4 ,a4 ,dixon1 retired1 has compiled the following interesting data about our military rifle and ammunition3 ,name4 ,united ,states ,rifle 7commonly known as the ,springfield74 ,cost4 #ad4dj without the bayonet4 ,barrel4 #bd4jjf inches in length4 ,the muzzle is rounded to protect the rifling4 ,any injury here would allow gases to escape around the sides of the bullet and destroy its accuracy4 ,on the top in rear of the front sight is stamped the ,ordnance escutcheon1 the initials of the place of manufacture1 and the month and year4 ,caliber4 4#cj-thirty hundredths of an inch4 ,caliber is the interior diameter of the barrel measured between the lands4 ,grooves4 ,the four spiral channels within the bore of the rifle sometimes called rifling4 ,they are 4#jjd inches deep and are three times as wide as the lands4 ,lands4 ,the four raised spaces in the bore of the rifle between the grooves4 ,these lands grip the bullet as it passes through the bore and rotate it to the right about the longer axis4 ,this rotation serves to prevent tumbling and keeps the bullet accurately on its course4 ,this spinning of the bullet also causes it to drift slightly to the right as it passes through the air4 ,the same effect is produced by throwing a baseball with a twist4 ,twist4 ,the spiral formed by the grooves in the barrel of the piece4 ,the twist is uniform and to the right1 one turn in ten inches4 ,length4 ,the rifle without bayonet is #dc4bab inches long4 ,with bayonet it is #ei4bab inches long4 ,manufacture4 ,the ,united ,states ,rifle is manufactured by the ,government at ,springfield ,armory1 ,massachusetts1 and ,rock ,island ,arsenal1 ,illinois4 ,rear ,sight ,leaf4 ,graduated from #ajj to #bhej yards4 ,the odd range is on the right branch of the leaf1 the even on the left4 ,note that the line corresponding to a range is below a numeral4 ,battle sight is the position of the rear sight in which the leaf is laid down4 ,the slide should be drawn all the way hack to secure full advantage of the windage4 ,it corresponds to a range of #edg yards4 ,rounds4 ,the rifle will hold six cartridges4 ,five are carried in the magazine and one in the chamber4 ,stock4 ,made of walnut wood4 ,oiler and ,thong ,case4 ,furnished for every alternate rifle and is carried in butt of the stock4 ,in one section is a supply of oil1 in the other a thong and brush for cleaning the bore4 ,in cleaning by this method draw the brush or rag from the muzzle toward the breech4 ,weight4 #h4fi pounds without bayonet4 ,bayonet weighs #a pound4 ,,ammunition ,cost4 ,about three and one-half cents per cartridge4 ,bullet4 ,has a core of lead and tin composition inclosed in a jacket of cupro-nickel4 ,the jacket being tough enables the lands in the bore to grip the bullet without rupturing and to rotate it while passing through the barrel4 ,a lead bullet unjacketed would strip and pass through without rotating4 ,it weighs #aej grains and is pointed to offer less resistance to the air4 ,case4 ,made of brass4 ,the government ammunition is manufactured at ,frankford ,arsenal1 ,pennsylvania4 ,powder4 ,pyrocellulose4 ,the grains are cylindrical1 single1 perforated1 and graphited4 ,normal charge is #dg-ej grains4 ,pressure developed in the chamber is #ea1jjj pounds per square inch4 ,penetration4 ,this bullet will penetrate the following materials to depth stated at range of #ajj yards3 ,moist sand1 #ad4jb inches2 loam1 #ag4df inches2 oak1 #ca4ah inches2 brick wall1 #e4e inches2 steel plate1 4#d inch4 ,dry sand is the best stop4 ,the bullet will penetrate #f4hh inches of it at #ajj yards and #ac4ab inches at #ejj yards4 ,range4 ,maximum range1 #dhia4f yards1 about #b-c_/d miles7 with the muzzle elevated #de degrees4 ,the time of flight #ch4jeh seconds4 ,velocity4 ,about #bgjj feet per second at #gj degrees ,f4 ,weight4 ,a complete cartridge weighs #cie4e grains depending on amount of water4 ,it is waterproof4 ,,estimating ,,distance ,suppose you are out hunting1 and that you see a big buck on a distant hill4 ,suppose that it is exactly #fjj yards distant from you1 that you are an expert shot1 and that you set your sights at #djj yards and fire4 ,will you hit the deer or not8 ,you must know how to guess accurately the distance to a deer1 or a man1 or anything else1 if you propose to have any reasonable hope of hitting it4 ,the art of estimating distances with the eye can be improved by practice4 ,when you are in ranks1 observe continually your surroundings4 ,call attention to and make estimates of the distances to all the prominent objects in view4 ,others near you will become interested1 and the interest will soon spread to the entire company4 ,it will be necessary for the objects to be pointed out to those interested4 ,this in itself is a difficult thing to do4 ,to be able quickly to see distant objects that are being pointed out is a military accomplishment which all soldiers should possess and which comes only with practice4 ,,methods ,,of ,,estimating ,,distances ,,by ,,the ,,eye #a4 ,decide that the object cannot be more than a certain distance away1 or less than a certain distance4 ,keep the estimate within the closest possible limits and take the mean of the two estimates as the range4 ,for instance1 that deer cannot be over #hjj yards away and not less than #djj yards4 ,your estimated distance is #fjj yards4 #b4 ,select a point which you think is the middle point of the distance1 estimate the distance to this middle point1 and double your estimate to get your range4 ,do the same thing with half the distance1 if the object is very far away4 #c4 ,estimate the distance along a parallel line1 such as a telephone line or a railroad having on it a well-defined length with which you are familiar4 #d4 ,take the mean of several estimates made by several well-instructed men4 ,this method is used in battle1 but is not applicable to instruction or during tests4 #a4 ,preliminary ,instruction ,to estimate distances by the eye with accuracy1 it is first necessary that you become familiar with the appearance of the most convenient unit of length1 namely #ajj yards4 ,stake off a distance of #ajj yards4 ,subdivide this #ajj yards into four #be-yard divisions4 ,pace off the entire distance several times1 and you will soon become familiar with the appearance of #ajj yards4 ,next1 take a distance more than #ajj yards and compare it mentally with your unit of measure 7#ajj yards7 and make your estimate4 ,verify this estimate by pacing the distance4 ,do this once a day for several months1 and you may become highly skilled in the art of estimating distances4 #b4 ,preliminary ,instruction ,if you know how a soldier1 or group of soldiers1 looks at the different ranges1 it will often assist you in quickly making an accurate estimate of the distance4 ,in order to acquire skill in estimating distances by this method one must have special exercises designated to demonstrate the clearness with which details of clothing1 movement of the limbs1 etc41 can be observed at the different ranges4 ,have a squad march away from you to a distance of #a1bjj yards4 ,then have it approach you and halt every #ajj yards4 ,each time the squad halts make a mental note of the distance1 and then observe carefully its appearance1 the clearness with which you can see the clothing1 movements of the limbs1 etc4 ,,appearance ,,of ,,objects ,become familiar with the effect which the varying conditions of light1 background1 etc41 have upon the apparent distance of the object4 ,don't be content to memorize the following data1 but go after the underlying reason in each case4 ,objects seem nearer than they actually are3 #a4 ,when the object is seen in a bright light4 #b4 ,when the color of the object contrasts sharply with the color of the background4 #c4 ,when looking over water1 snow1 or a uniform surface like a wheat field4 #d4 ,when looking from a height downward4 #e4 ,in clear atmosphere of high altitudes1 as in ,arizona and ,new ,mexico4 ,objects seem more distant than they actually are3 #a4 ,when looking over a depression in the ground 7across a canyon74 #b4 ,when there is a poor light 7very cloudy day7 or a fog4 #c4 ,when only a part of the object can be seen4 #d4 ,when looking from low ground upward toward higher ground4 ,,estimating ,,distances ,,by ,,sound ,sound travels at the rate of about #cff yards a second4 ,therefore1 multiply the number of seconds intervening between the flash of the gun and the report of the same by #cff1 and the product will be the distance in yards to the gun4 ,,range-,,finding ,,instrument ,each company is equipped with a range-finding instrument4 ,all company officers and sergeants should be proficient in using it4 ,the accuracy of this instrument will greatly depend upon the skill of the user1 and the visibility of the objective4 ,,trial ,,shots ,,or ,,volleys ,if the ground is so dry and dusty that the fall of the bullets is visible through a glass or with the naked eye1 a method of determining the distance is afforded by using a number of trial shots or volleys4 ,the method of using trial volleys is as follows3 ,the sights are raised for the estimated range and one volley is fired4 ,if this appears to hit but little short of the mark1 an increase of elevation of #ajj yards will be used for the next volley4 ,when the object is enclosed between two volleys1 a mean of the elevation will be adopted as the correct range4 ,the range may be obtained from a near-by battery or machine gun4 ,this is the best method when available4--,small ,arms ,firing ,manual4 ,,estimating ,,distance ,,test ,this test is usually held after the record firing on the range has been completed4 ,no distance used in this test will be less than #edg yards 7battle sight range7 or more than #abjj yards1 which is considered the extreme range for effective fire of individuals or a small command4 ,should a soldier fail three times to make the necessary percentage in these tests1 his rifle qualification will be reduced one grade4 ,for the specific conditions governing this test1 see ,small ,arms ,firing ,manual4 ,,range ,,finders ,five or six enlisted men1 selected by the company ,illustration3 ,this shows the path of the bullet 7,line of ,trajectory7 of the #aiag ,rifle 7,enfield74 ,the ,line of ,aim1 we see1 connects the eye1 the rear sight1 the front sight and the bottom part of the target4 ,it is a straight line4 ,we see that the ,line of ,trajectory crosses the ,line of ,aim at two points4 ,the distance between these points is #deb yards4 ,therefore1 #deb yards is the ,battle ,sight ,range for the #aiag ,rifle4 ,to hit the target squarely when it is #bjj yards away1 the ,line of ,aim must be under it1 as shown in the diagram4 ,illustration3 ,,the #aiag ,,rifle 7,,enfield7 commander from those most skilled1 will be designated as ,range ,finders4 ,these men are practised in estimating distance throughout the year4 ,their practice will be on varied ground and at distances up to #bjjj yards4 ,these men assist the company commander when the company is on the defensive1 in estimating the distances to the prominent objects in view before the action commences2 and at other times when the company commander needs their assistance4 ,,chapter ,v ,,tent ,,pitching ,on the hike the camp will be laid out daily in advance by a staff officer4 ,the company being halted and in line1 the company commander gives the order3 ,,form ,,for ,,shelter ,,tents4 ,the first sergeant and right guide fall in on the right of the company4 ,the blank files in the squads have to be filled by men from the file closers1 and the remaining guides and file closers form on the left flank or at such places as may be designated by the company commander4 ,the company commander next gives the order3 #a4 ,take interval1 #b4 ,to the left1 #c4 ,,march1 #d4 ,company1 #e4 ,,halt4 ,at the second command 7to the left7 the rear rank men march backward four steps of fifteen inches each and then halt4 ,at the command ,,march1 all face to the left and the leading man of each rank steps off4 ,the remaining men step off in succession1 each following the preceding man at four paces4 ,the rear rank men march abreast of their file leaders4 ,the company commander gives the command ,,halt when all have gained their intervals4 ,at this command all halt and face to the front1 dressing to the right4 ,the more quickly you dress and establish the line of tents1 the more quickly you will be relieved of those heavy packs4 ,this is the time to brace up and give the company commander your support by giving him your attention4 ,if you cover in file accurately as you take interval you will often be accurately aligned upon halting4 ,the next command is3 ,,pitch ,,tents4 ,at this command each man steps off obliquely to the right with the right foot 7about thirty inches7 and lays his rifle on the ground1 butt to the rear and near the toe of the right foot1 muzzle to the front1 barrel to the left4 ,he then steps back to his original position4 ,during this process of grounding the rifle1 the front rank man must keep his left foot strictly in its position4 ,each front rank man then draws his bayonet from the scabbard and sticks it in the ground by the outside of his right heel4 ,now in order to insure the bayonet being properly aligned1 thus producing a straight line of tents1 the company officers 7first and second lieutenants71 sometimes are required to align the line of bayonets while the men are unslinging and opening their equipment4 ,the equipment is then unslung and laid on the ground4 ,the packs are opened and the shelter half and pins removed therefrom4 ,each man spreads his shelter half1 small triangle to the rear1 on the ground that the tent is to occupy1 the rear-rank man's shelter half being on the right4 ,then the front-and rear-rank men button the halves together1 the rear-rank man's half on top4 ,the guy loops at each end of the lower half are then passed through the button holes provided in the lower and upper halves2 next the whipped end of the guy rope is passed through both guy loops and secured2 this is done at both ends of the tent1 the rear-rank man working at the rear and the front-rank man at the front4 ,each front-rank man then inserts the muzzle of his rifle under the front end of the tent and holds the rifle upright1 sling to the front1 heel of the butt on the ground beside the bayonet4 ,the rear-rank man comes to the front of the tent and pins down the two front corners on the line of bayonets1 stretching the sides of the tent taut4 ,he then inserts a pin in the loop of the front guy rope and drives it in the ground at such a distance in front of the rifle as to hold the rope taut4 ,then both men proceeding to the rear of the tent1 each pins down a corner1 stretching the sides and rear of the tent taut before driving the pin in4 ,the rear-rank man next inserts an intrenching tool or a bayonet1 in its scabbard1 under the rear end of the tent1 the front rank man pegging down the end of the guy rope4 ,the rest of the pins are then driven by both men1 the rear-rank man working on the right4 ,the front flaps of the tent are not fastened down1 but thrown back on the tent4 ,in pitching the tent1 it is absolutely necessary that the front-and rear-rank men work together4 ,team work is essential4 ,when the camp site is small1 it is necessary that each ,illustration3 ,arrangement of ,field ,equipment in ,shelter ,tent ,elevation company pitch its tents in two lines facing each other4 ,the following illustration shows the arrangement of the articles of the equipment when they are laid out for inspection4 ,during the inspection1 each man stands at attention in front of the corner pin of his own shelter half on a line with the front guy rope pin1 unless ordered to the contrary4 ,illustration3 ,,plan ,,chapter ,,vi ,,signals ,,and ,,codes #a4 ,,general ,,service ,,code4 7,,international ,,morse ,,code47 ,used for visual 7except semaphore7 and sound signaling1 radio telegraphy1 on cables using siphon recorders1 in communication with the ,navy1 and in intra-field artillery buzzer communication4 ,a 4 - ,b - 4 4 4 ,c - 4 - 4 ,d - 4 4 ,e 4 ,f 4 4 - 4 ,g - - 4 ,h 4 4 4 4 ,i 4 4 ,j 4 - - - ,k - 4 - ,l 4 - 4 4 ,m - - ,n - 4 ,o - - - ,p 4 - - 4 ,q - - 4 - ,r 4 - 4 ,s 4 4 4 ,t - ,u 4 4 - ,v 4 4 4 - ,w 4 - - ,x - 4 4 - ,y - 4 - - ,z - - 4 4 ,,numerals #a 4 - - - - #b 4 4 - - - #c 4 4 4 - - #d 4 4 4 4 - #e 4 4 4 4 4 #f - 4 4 4 4 #g - - 4 4 4 #h - - - 4 4 #i - - - - 4 #j - - - - - ,,punctuation ,period 4 4 4 4 4 4 ,comma 4 - 4 - 4 - ,interrogation 4 4 - - 4 4 ,hyphen or dash - 4 4 4 4 - ,parentheses 7before and after the words7 - 4 - - 4 - ,quotation mark 7beginning and ending7 4 - 4 4 - 4 ,exclamation - - 4 4 - - ,apostrophe 4 - - - - 4 ,semicolon - 4 - 4 - 4 ,colon - - - 4 4 4 ,bar indicating fraction - 4 4 - 4 ,underline 7before and after the word or words it is wished to underline7 4 4 - - 4 - ,double dash 7between preamble and address1 between address and body of message1 between body of message and signature1 and immediately before a fraction7 - 4 4 4 - ,cross 4 - 4 - 4 ,note4--,numerals and punctuations must be spelled out in the ardois1 as they require more than four elements1 which is the limit of the ardois keyboard4 ,the position is with the flag or other appliance held vertically1 the signalman directly facing station with which it is desired to communicate4 ,the dot is to the right of sender1 embracing an arc of #ij deg41 starting with the vertical and returning to it4 ,the dash is a similar motion to left4 ,front is downward directly in front and instantly returned to vertical2 it indicates a pause or conclusion4 ,illustration3 ,,conventional ,,flag ,,signals ,for communication between the firing line and the reserve or commander in rear1 the subjoined signals 7,signal ,corps codes7 are prescribed and should be memorized4 ,in transmission1 their concealment from the enemy's view should be insured4 ,in the absence of signal flags1 the head dress or other substitute may be used4 ,letter of ,if signaled from the ,if signaled from the ,alphabet rear to the firing line firing line to the rear ,a ,m ,ammunition going forward ,ammunition required ,c ,c ,c ,charge 7mandatory at all ,am about to charge if no times7 instructions to the contrary ,c ,f ,cease firing ,cease firing ,d ,t ,double time or rush ,double time or rush or hurry ,f ,commence firing ,commence firing ,f ,l ,artillery fire is causing ,artillery fire is causing us losses us losses ,g ,move forward ,preparing to move forward ,h ,h ,h ,halt ,halt ,k ,negative ,negative ,l ,t ,left ,left ,o ,what is the 7,r4 ,n41 etc487 ,what is the 7,r4 ,n41 etc487 7,ardois and ,interrogatory ,interrogatory semaphore only7 4 4 - - 4 4 ,what is the 7,r4 ,n41 etc487 ,what is the 7,r4 ,n41 etc487 7,all methods ,interrogatory ,interrogatory but ardois and semaphore7 ,p ,affirmative ,affirmative ,r ,acknowledgment ,acknowledgment ,r ,n ,range ,range ,r ,t ,right ,right ,s ,s ,s ,support going forward ,support needed ,t ,target ,target ,illustration3 ,,two-,,arm ,,semaphore ,,code ,,arm ,,signals ,the following arm signals are prescribed4 ,in making signals either arm may be used4 ,officers who receive signals on the firing line repeat back at once to prevent misunderstanding4 ,illustration3 ,forward ,forward1 ,,march4 ,carry the hand to the shoulder2 straighten and hold the arm horizontally1 thrusting it in the direction of march4 ,this signal is also used to execute quick time from double time4 ,illustration3 ,halt3 ,arm held stationary4 ,double ,time3 ,arm moved up and down several times4 ,,halt4 ,carry the hand to the shoulder4 ,thrust the hand upward and hold the arm vertically4 ,double time1 ,,march4 ,carry the hand to the shoulder2 rapidly thrust the hand upward the full extent of the arm several times4 ,illustration3 ,squads ,right ,squads right1 ,,march4 ,raise the arm laterally until horizontal2 carry it to a vertical position above the head and swing it several times between the vertical and horizontal positions4 ,illustration3 ,squads ,left ,squads left1 ,,march4 ,raise the arm laterally until horizontal2 carry it downward to the side and swing it several times between the downward and horizontal positions4 ,illustration3 ,to the rear ,squads ,right ,about ,squads right about1 ,,march 7if in close order7 or1 ,to the rear1 ,,march 7if in skirmish line74 ,extend the arm vertically above the head2 carry it laterally downward to the side1 and swing it several times between the vertical and downward positions4 ,illustration3 ,change direction ,change direction or ,column right 7left71 ,,march4 ,the hand on the side toward which the change of direction is to be made is carried across the body to the opposite shoulder1 forearm horizontal2 then swing in a horizontal plane1 arm extended1 pointing in the new direction4 ,illustration3 ,as ,skirmishers ,as skirmishers1 ,,march4 ,raise both arms laterally until horizontal4 ,illustration3 ,as ,skirmishers ,guide ,center ,as skirmishers1 guide center1 ,,march4 ,raise both arms laterally until horizontal2 swing both simultaneously upward until vertical1 and return to the horizontal2 repeat several times4 ,illustration3 ,as ,skirmishers ,guide right ,as skirmishers1 guide right 7left71 ,,march4 ,raise both arms laterally until horizontal2 hold the arm on the side of the guide steadily in the horizontal position2 swing the other upward until vertical1 and return it to the horizontal2 repeat several times4 ,illustration3 ,assemble ,assemble1 ,,march4 ,raise the arm vertically to its full extent and describe horizontal circles4 ,illustration3 ,to announce range ,battle sight ,range or ,change ,elevation4 ,to announce range1 extend the arm toward the leaders or men for whom the signal is intended1 fist closed2 by keeping the fist closed battle sight is indicated2 ,illustration3 ,range #cjj ,or increase by #cjj by opening and closing the fist1 expose thumb and fingers to a number equal to the hundreds of yards2 ,illustration3 ,add #ej to add #ej yards describe a short horizontal line with forefinger4 ,illustration3 ,decrease by #ejj ,to change elevation1 indicate the amount of increase or decrease by fingers as above2 point upward to indicate increase and downward to indicate decrease4 ,illustration3 ,what range are you using or3 ,what is the range ,what range are you using8 or ,what is the range8 ,extend the arms toward the person addressed1 one hand open1 palm to the front1 resting on the other hand1 fist closed4 ,illustration3 ,are you ready or3 ,i am ready ,are you ready8 or ,i am ready4 ,raise the hand1 fingers extended and joined1 palm toward the person addressed4 ,illustration3 ,commence ,firing ,commence firing4 ,move the arm extended in full length1 hand palm down1 several times through a horizontal arc in front of the body4 ,fire faster4 ,execute rapidly the signal ,commence firing4 ,fire slower4 ,execute slowly the signal ,commence firing4 ,illustration3 ,to swing cone of fire to right ,swing the cone of fire to the right1 or left4 ,extend the arm in full length to the front1 palm to the right 7left72 swing the arm to right 7left71 and point in the direction of the new target4 ,fix bayonet4 ,simulate the movement of the right hand in ,fix bayonet4 ,illustration3 ,suspend firing4 ,for ,cease firing--,swing arm up and down several times4 ,suspend firing4 ,raise and hold the forearm steadily in a horizontal position in front of the forehead1 palm of the hand to the front4 ,cease firing4 ,raise the forearm as in suspend firing and swing it up and down several times in front of the face4 ,illustration3 ,platoon ,platoon4 ,extend the arm horizontally toward the platoon leader2 describe small circles with the hand4 ,illustration3 ,squad ,squad4 ,extend the arm horizontally toward the platoon leader2 swing the hand up and down from the wrist4 ,rush4 ,same as double time4 ,use of the platoon and squad signals4 ,the signals platoon and squad are intended primarily for communication between the captain and his platoon leaders4 ,the signal platoon or squad indicates that the platoon commander is to cause the signal which follows to be executed by platoon or squad4 ,you will observe that in no case is the right hand or the left hand specified4 ,the officer may either face the company or have his back toward it4 ,,chapter ,,vii ,,first ,,aid ,,to ,,the ,,injured ,in the army1 as in civilian life1 you are very often your brother's keeper1 as well as your own4 ,doctors cannot accompany a scout1 a patrol1 or the firing line4 ,they are seldom present when a man falls overboard4 ,when a soldier on the firing line is wounded1 he may remain for several hours where he falls4 ,he1 or his comrade1 bandages the wound4 ,suppose you are wounded1 bitten by a snake1 etc41 what would you do8 ,you may have to give a practical answer to these questions at some time during your life4 ,this chapter tells you what to do and what not to do in case of the most frequent disabling accidents that may befall a soldier or a civilian4 ,ask your mother1 father1 older brothers1 and sisters to read it4 ,part of it is for them4 ,,first-,,aid ,,packet ,each soldier carries on his belt a first-aid packet4 ,this packet contains two perfectly pure bandages and a couple of safety pins4 ,it should be air tight4 ,examine yours every week and if the seal is defective1 ask your captain for a new packet4 ,,cautions #a4 ,act quickly but quietly4 ,be calm and quiet4 ,don't lose your head4 #b4 ,make the injured party sit or lie down4 #c4 ,see the injury clearly before treating it4 ,send for a doctor if the wound is serious4 #d4 ,do not remove more clothing than is necessary to examine the injury4 ,always rip1 or1 if you cannot rip1 cut the clothes from the injured part4 ,don't pull the clothes off4 #e4 ,give alcoholic stimulants cautiously and slowly1 and only when the patient feels weak or drowsy4 ,hot coffee or tea will often suffice when obtainable4 #f4 ,keep from the patient all persons not actually needed to assist you4 #g4 ,do not touch a wound with your fingers4 ,if the wound is dirty1 remove the dirt as well as possible1 with the first-aid bandage4 #h4 ,don't pour into the wound any water from your canteen for the purpose of washing it out or washing the blood from around the wound4 ,water often contains germs and the skin around the wound may be dirty4 ,if water is poured into the wound it carries or washes into the same these germs and dirt1 and the wound will become infected4 #i4 ,heat and moisture increases the activity of the germ of infection4 ,therefore keep the wound cool and dry4 #aj4 ,if the blood is scarlet in color and appears in spurts1 send at once for a doctor and then take the necessary measures 7apply a tourniquet7 to stop the flow of blood4 #aa4 ,if the patient loses consciousness1 it will probably be because insufficient blood is reaching the brain4 ,lower your patient's head and give all your attention to stopping the bleeding4 ,,bullet ,,wound ,if you receive a bullet wound1 don't get excited or lose your head4 ,a bullet wound in the muscle or soft parts of the body causes little pain and1 if properly dressed1 heals in about two to three weeks4 ,protect the openings where the bullet entered and came out with the bandages found in the first-aid packet4 ,don't touch the wound with your fingers4 ,remove sufficient clothing to see the wounds4 ,then1 and not before1 open the first-aid packet and carefully unfold 7open7 the compress 7pad found in the middle of each bandage7 and place it over the wound and wrap the ends of the bandage fairly tight around the limb and fasten with the safety pin4 ,if one compress is not large enough to cover the entire wound1 use the second bandage4 ,this bandaging will stop ordinary bleeding4 ,such a dressing may be all that is needed for several days4 ,it is better to leave a wound undressed than to dress it carelessly or ignorantly1 so that the dressing must be removed4 ,,stopping ,,bleeding ,if the blood is dark blue and the stream is continuous1 a vein has been punctured which1 in itself1 is not ordinarily dangerous4 ,the bandaging of such a wound will usually stop the flow of blood4 ,bandage firmly4 ,remember all wounds bleed a little1 but that1 as a rule1 this bleeding will stop in a few minutes if the patient remains quiet4 ,if the blood is bright red and appears in spurts1 an artery has been punctured1 and the flow of blood must be stopped or the patient will bleed to death4 ,to do this1 apply a pressure to the artery at some point between the wound and the heart4 ,press the artery against the bone4 ,this can usually be done for a short time with the fingers4 ,however it will usually he necessary to use an improvised tourniquet4 ,tie the bandage of the first-aid packet around the limb so that the compress 7pad7 will press the artery against the bone4 ,slip under the compress and over the artery a small stone4 ,pass a stick under the bandage and turn the stick around slowly until the slack is taken up and the bleeding stops4 ,then tie the stick as shown in the illustration4 ,illustration ,after the tourniquet has been in place for an hour1 loosen it and if no blood flows allow it to remain loose4 ,if it again bleeds tighten it quickly and loosen again at the end of an hour4 ,the following illustrations1 show the usual places where tourniquets are applied or where pressure can be applied to the arteries with the thumb3 ,illustration3 ,,wound ,,in ,,shoulder ,illustration3 ,,wound ,,in ,,arm ,illustration3 ,,wound ,,in ,,head ,illustration3 ,,wound ,,in ,,leg ,,broken ,,bone 7,,fracture7 ,the next injury you must know is a broken bone4 ,you will usually know when an arm or leg is broken by the way the arm or leg is held1 for the wounded man loses control over the limb4 ,suppose your comrade breaks his leg or arm4 ,what would you do8 ,straighten the limb gently1 pulling upon the end of it quietly and firmly so that the two ends of the broken bone will not overlap4 ,next1 retain the limb in its straightened position by such splints and other material as the boot of a carbine1 a piece of board1 a piece of tin gutter4 ,pad the material you use4 ,tie it to the broken limb as shown in the following illustrations4 ,never place a bandage over the fracture4 ,see ,illustration4 ,illustration3 ,,broken ,,arm ,illustration3 ,,broken ,,leg ,illustration3 ,,broken ,,leg ,,drowning ,being under water for over four or five minutes is generally fatal1 but1 unless you know the body has been submerged a long time1 make an attempt to restore life4 ,don't get disheartened and give up1 if you see no signs of life after a few minutes' work4 ,work on the body for at least an hour4 ,your comrade's lifeless body has just been pulled out of the water4 ,what do you do8 ,you are alone4 #a4 ,don't waste time in removing his clothes4 #b4 ,reach your finger in his mouth and straighten out his tongue4 #c4 ,lay him on his stomach2 then straddle him2 reach both arms under his stomach2 raise his hips two feet from the ground and jostle him4 ,this drains the water from the stomach and lungs4 ,illustration3 ,,pressure ,,exerted #d4 ,lay him on his stomach2 turn his head to one side so his nose and mouth do not touch the ground2 extend his arms beyond his head 7see illustration72 locate his lowest 7#abth7 rib2 place hand1 finger1 and thumb closed 7see illustration7 on body so that the little finger curls over the #abth rib2 hold your arms and wrists straight and lean forward slowly so the weight of the upper part of your body will be brought to bear gradually upon your comrade's ribs 7see illustration72 let this pressure continue for about three seconds2 then remove it suddenly by removing the hands4 ,apply this pressure at the rate of from #ab to #ae times a minute4 ,illustration3 ,,pressure ,,relaxed #e4 ,do not attempt to give him any kind of liquids while he is unconscious4 #f4 ,apply warm blankets as soon as possible4 #g4 ,never say ,he is dead--,work on his body for at least an hour4 ,,sunstroke--7,,the ,,skin ,,is ,,hot7 ,a sunstroke is accompanied by the following symptoms3 headache1 dizziness1 sense of oppression1 nausea1 colored vision1 and often the patient becomes insensible4 ,the muscles are relaxed1 face flushed1 skin hot1 pulse rapid1 and the temperature rises4 ,the breathing is labored4 ,treatment3 ,reduce the temperature as rapidly as possible1 with ice or cold water2 get the patient in the shade4 ,loosen clothing4 ,,heat ,,exhaustion--7,,the ,,skin ,,is ,,cool7 ,symptoms3 ,nausea1 a staggering gait1 pulse is weak1 and the patient may quickly become unconscious4 ,the skin is cool4 ,this condition is dangerous4 ,treatment3 ,rub the limbs vigorously4 ,give stimulants2 apply heat4 ,,burns ,do not pull the clothing from the burnt part1 but rip or cut it off4 ,do not break the blisters or prick them even if large4 ,treatment3 ,protect it quickly with a mixture of equal parts of linseed or olive oil and water4 ,,freezing ,,and ,,frostbite ,symptom3 ,the part frozen appears white or bluish and is cold4 ,treatment3 ,raise the temperature of the frozen member slowly by rubbing it with snow or ice and water1 in a cool place4 ,don't go near a fire4 ,,fainting ,symptom3 ,loss of consciousness4 ,it is usually the result of severe bleeding or exhaustion from fatigue4 ,this condition is rarely dangerous4 ,treatment3 ,lay the patient on his back1 head a little lower than rest of body1 arms by side1 feet extended4 ,rub the limbs4 ,sprinkle water on the face and give stimulants if necessary4 ,,poisoning ,treatment3 ,send for a doctor at once4 ,empty the stomach and bowels4 ,give two tablespoons full of mustard and warm water or a tablespoon full of salt in a glass of water to produce vomiting4 ,then give a purgative4 ,tickle throat with finger or feather in case mustard or salt are not procurable4 ,after the poison has been evacuated1 give stimulants and apply heat and rubbing externally4 ,,snake ,,bite ,in snake bites the poison acts quickly4 ,treatment3 ,apply a tourniquet between the wound and the heart so as to stop the circulation and prevent the system from absorbing the poison4 ,get out your knife and make a couple of cross cuts through the wound so it will bleed freely4 ,then suck the poison from the wound and spit the poison out4 ,if your lips are lacerated there is danger in this method but it is your duty to take this chance in order to save your comrade's life4 ,after sucking out the wound1 heat your knife and burn it out4 ,,stomach ,,wounds ,send for a doctor4 ,lie perfectly quiet4 ,don't lose your head and don't attempt to crawl to help or to stir around4 ,place a clean piece of cloth over the wound and keep it constantly wet with a solution of salt water4 ,if the wound is in the stomach1 it is better to lie perfectly quiet on the battle field for a day or two until found than to crawl to assistance4 ,,chafing ,treatment3 ,keep parts dry1 use talcum powders and keep parts separated by a layer of absorbent cotton4 ,,extinguishing ,,burning ,,clothes ,treatment3 ,lie down on the floor and roll up as tightly as possible in a rug blanket1 etc41 leaving only the head out4 ,if nothing can be obtained in which to wrap yourself1 lie down and roll over slowly and at the same time beat out the fire with your hands4 ,flames shoot upward4 ,in order to get them away from the head1 lie down4 ,don't run1 it only fans the flames4 ,if another person's clothing catches fire1 throw him to the ground and smother the fire as just described4 ,,gas ,most of the gas used on the battlefield today is deadly4 ,when a gas shell explodes there are two kinds of men3 ,quick men and ,dead men4 ,the quick men put on their gas masks1 which contain chemicals that neutralize the poisonous air4 ,treatment3 ,when a man is slightly gassed don't allow him to move around or to remove his mask4 ,have him lie down and rest4 ,loosen his clothes around his neck and chest so he can breathe freely4 ,keep him warm4 ,when the gas has been removed from the trench1 take off his mask and give spirits of ammonia4 ,,appendix ,,tables ,,of ,,organization 7,for ,reference ,only7 ,,infantry ,,company ,commissioned ,officers ,captain4 #a #ast ,lieutenant4 #a #bnd ,lieutenant4 #a -- ,total #c ,enlisted ,strength #ast ,sergeant4 #a ,mess ,sergeant4 #a ,supply ,sergeant4 #a ,sergeants4 #h ,corporals4 #ag ,cooks4 #c ,buglers4 #b ,mechanics4 #b ,privates1 #ast class4 #bh ,privates4 #hg --- ,total #aej ,,infantry ,,battalion ,four companies of infantry4 7,there are three battalions in a regiment of infantry47 ,,infantry ,,drill ,,regulations1 #aiaa ,,for ,,use ,,with ,,the ,,united ,,states ,,rifle1 ,,model1 #aiag 7,,enfield7 ,for troops armed with the ,united ,states rifle1 ,model #aiag 7,enfield71 the alternative paragraphs published herewith will govern4 ,by order of the ,security of ,war3 ,,hugh ,l4 ,,scott1 ,major ,general1 ,chief of ,staff4 ,official3 ,h4 ,p4 ,mc,c,a,i,n1 ,the ,adjutant ,general4 ,the following rules govern the carrying of the piece ,first4 ,the piece is not carried with cartridges in either the chamber or the magazine except when specially odered4 ,when so loaded1 or supposed to be loaded1 it is habitually carried locked2 that is1 with the safety lock turned to the ,safe4 ,at all other times it is carried unlocked1 with the trigger pulled4 ,second4 ,whenever troops are formed under arms1 pieces are immediately inspected at the commands3 #a4 ,,inspection1 #b4 ,,arms1 #c4 ,,order 7,right shoulder1 port71 #d4 ,,arms4 ,a similar inspection is made immediately before dismissal4 ,if cartridges are found in the chamber or magazine they are removed and placed in the belt4 ,third4 ,the bayonet is not fixed except in bayonet exercise1 on guard1 or for combat4 ,fourth4 ,fall in is executed with the piece at order arms4 ,fall out1 rest1 and at ease are executed as without arms4 ,on resuming attention the position of order arms is taken4 ,fifth4 ,if at the order1 unless otherwise prescribed1 the piece is brought to the right shoulder at the command ,,march1 the three motions corresponding with the first three steps4 ,movements may be executed at the trail by prefacing the preparatory command with the words at trail2 as #a4 ,,at ,,trail1 ,,forward1 #b4 ,,march4 ,the trail is taken at the command ,,march4 ,when the facings1 alignments1 open and close ranks1 taking interval or distance1 and assemblings are executed from the order1 raise the piece to the trail while in motion and resume the order on halting4 ,sixth4 ,the piece is brought to the order on halting4 ,the execution of the order begins when the halt is completed4 ,seventh4 ,a disengaged hand in double time is held as when without arms4 ,being at order arms3 #a4 ,,unfix1 #b4 ,,bayonet4 ,if the bayonet scabbard is carried on the belt3 ,execute parade rest2 grasp the handle of the bayonet firmly with the right hand1 pressing the spring with the forefinger of the left hand2 raise the bayonet until the handle is about #ab inches above the muzzle of the piece2 drop the point to the left1 back of the hand toward the body1 and1 glancing at the scabbard1 return the bayonet1 the blade passing between the left arm and the body2 regrasp the piece with the right hand and resume the order4 ,if the bayonet scabbard is carried on the haversack3 ,take the bayonet from the rifle with the left hand and return it to the scabbard in the most convenient manner4 ,if marching or lying down1 the bayonet is fixed and unfixed in the most expeditious and convenient manner and the piece returned to the original position4 ,fix and unfix bayonet are executed with promptness and regularity1 but not in cadence4 ,being at inspection arms2 #a4 ,,order 7,right shoulder1 port71 #b4 ,,arms4 ,at the preparatory command press the follower down with the fingers of the left hand1 then push the bolt forward just enough to engage the follower1 raise the fingers of the left hand1 push the bolt forward1 turn the handle down1 pull the trigger1 and resume port arms4 ,at the command ,,arms1 complete the movement ordered4 ,,to ,,load ,being in line or skirmish line at halt3 #a4 ,,with ,,dummy 7,blank or ball7 ,,cartridges1 #b4 ,,load4 ,at the command load each front rank man or skirmisher faces half right and carries the right foot to the right1 about #a foot1 to such position as will insure the greatest firmness and steadiness of the body2 raises or lowers the piece and drops it into the left hand at the balance1 left thumb extended along the stock and the muzzle at the height of the breast4 ,with the right hand he turns and draws the bolt back1 takes a loaded clip and inserts the ends in the clip slots1 places the thumb on the powder space of the top cartridge1 the fingers extending around the piece and tips resting on the magazine floor plate2 forces the cartridges into the magazine by pressing down with the thumb2 without removing the clip1 thrusts the bolt home1 turning down the handle2 turns the safety lock to the ,safe and carries the hand to the small of the stock4 ,each rear rank man moves to the right front1 takes a similar position opposite the interval to the right of his front rank man1 muzzle of the piece extending beyond the front rank1 and loads4 ,a skirmish line may load while moving1 the pieces being held as nearly as practicable in the position of load4 ,if kneeling or sitting1 the position of the piece is similar2 if kneeling1 the left forearm rests on the left thigh2 if sitting1 the elbows are supported by the knees4 ,if lying down1 the left hand steadies and supports the piece at the balance1 the toe of the butt resting on the ground1 the muzzle off the ground4 ,for reference1 these positions 7standing1 kneeling1 and lying down7 are designated as that of load4 ,for purposes of simulated firing1 #a4 ,,simulate1 #b4 ,,load1 raise the bolt handle as in the preceding paragraph1 draw the bolt back until the cocking piece engages1 then close the bole1 and turn the bolt handle down4 ,the recruits are first taught to simulate loading and firing2 after a few lessons dummy cartridges are used4 ,later blank cartridges may be used4 ,,to ,,unload ,unload3 ,take the position of load1 turn the safety lock up and move the bolt alternately backward and forward until all the cartridges are ejected4 ,after the last cartridge is ejected the chamber is closed by pressing the follower down with the fingers of the left hand1 to engage it under the bolt1 and then thrusting the bolt home4 ,the trigger is pulled4 ,the cartridges are then picked up1 cleaned1 and returned to the belt and the piece is brought to the order4 ,to continue the firing3 #a4 ,,aim1 #b4 ,,squad1 #c4 ,,fire4 ,each command is executed as previously explained4 ,load is executed by drawing back and thrusting home the bolt with the right hand1 leaving the safety lock at the ,ready4 ,cease firing3 ,firing stops2 pieces are loaded and locked2 the sights are laid down and the piece is brought to the order4 ,cease firing is used for long pauses to prepare for changes of position or to steady the men4 ,,company ,,inspection ,being in line at a halt3 #a4 ,,open ,,ranks1 #b4 ,,march4 ,at the command march the front rank executes right dress2 the rear rank and the file closers march backward #d steps1 halt1 and execute right dress2 the lieutenants pass around their respective flanks and take post1 facing to the front1 #c paces in front of the center of their respective platoons4 ,the captain aligns the front rank1 rear rank1 and file closers1 takes post #c paces in front of the right guide1 facing to the left1 and commands3 #c4 ,,front1 #d4 ,,prepare ,,for ,,inspection4 ,at the second command the lieutenants carry saber2 the captain returns saber and inspects them1 after which they face about1 order saber1 and stand at ease2 upon the completion of the inspection they carry saber1 face about1 and order saber4 ,the captain may direct the lieutenants to accompany or assist hint1 in which case they return saber and1 at the close of the inspection1 resume their posts in front of the company1 draw and carry saber4 ,having inspected the lieutenants1 the captain proceeds to the right of the company4 ,each man1 as the captain approaches him1 executes inspection arms4 ,the captain takes the piece1 grasping it with his right hand just below the lower band1 the man dropping his hands2 the captain inspects the piece1 and1 with the hand and piece in the same position as in receiving it1 handsit back to the man1 who takes it with the left hand at the balance and executes order arms4 ,as the captain returns the piece the next man executes inspection arms1 and so on through the company4 ,should the piece be inspected without handling1 each man executes order arms as soon as the captain passes to the next man4 ,the inspection is from right to left in front1 and from left to right in rear of each rank and of the line of file closers4 ,when approached by the captain the first sergeant executes inspection saber4 ,enlisted men armed with the pistol execute inspection pistol by drawing the pistol from the holster and holding it diagonally across the body1 barrel up1 and #f inches in front of the neck1 muzzle pointing up and to the left4 ,the pistol is returned to the holster as soon as the captain passes4 ,upon completion of the inspection the captain takes post facing to the left in front of the right guide and on line with the lieutenants and commands3 #a4 ,,close ,,ranks1 #b4 ,,march4 ,at the command march the lieutenants resume their posts in line2 the rear rank closes to #dj inches1 each man covering his file leader2 the file closers close to #b paces from the rear rank4 ,,information ,,for ,,schools ,,and ,,colleges ,,armed ,,with ,,rifles1 ,,model #ahih4 ,war ,department1 ,office of the ,chief of ,staff1 ,washington1 ,december #b1 #aiaa4 ,the ,infantry ,drill ,regulations1 #aiaa1 have been prepared for the use of troops armed with the ,united ,states magazine rifle1 model #aijc4 ,for the guidance of organizations armed with the ,united ,states magazine rifle1 model #ahih1 the following alternative paragraphs are published and will be considered as substitute paragraphs for the corresponding paragraphs in the text4 ,by order of the ,secretary of ,war3 ,leonard ,wood1 ,major ,general1 ,chief of ,staff4 ,,rules ,,governing ,,the ,,carrying ,,of ,,the ,,piece4 ,third4 ,the cut-off is kept turned down1 except when using the magazine4 ,being at order arms3 #a4 ,unfix1 ,,bayonet4 ,if the bayonet scabbard is carried on the belt3 ,take the position of parade rest1 grasp the handle of the bayonet firmly with the right hand1 press the spring with the forefinger of the left hand1 raise the bayonet until the handle is about #f inches above the muzzle of the piece1 drop the point to the left1 back of hand toward the body1 and1 glancing at the scabbard1 return the bayonet1 the blade passing between the left arm and body2 regrasp the piece with the right hand and resume the order4 ,if the bayonet scabbard is carried on the haversack3 ,take the bayonet from the rifle with the left hand and return it to the scabbard in the most convenient manner4 ,if marching or lying down1 the bayonet is fixed and unfixed in the most expeditious and convenient manner and the piece returned to the original position4 ,fix and unfix bayonet are executed with promptness and regularity1 but not in cadence4 ,being at order arms3 #a4 ,inspection1 #b4 ,,arms4 ,at the second command1 take the position of port arms 7,,two74 ,with the right hand open the magazine gate1 turn the bolt handle up1 draw the bolt back and glance at the magazine and chamber4 ,having found them empty1 or having emptied them1 raise the head and eyes to the front4 ,being at inspection arms3 #a4 ,order 7,right shoulder1 port71 #b4 ,,arms4 ,at the preparatory command1 push the bolt forward1 turn the handle down1 close the magazine gate1 pull the trigger1 and resume port arms4 ,at the command arms1 complete the movement ordered4 ,pieces being loaded and in the position of load1 to execute other movements with the pieces loaded3 #a4 ,lock1 #b4 ,,pieces4 ,at the command ,pieces turn the safety lock fully to the right4 ,the safety lock is said to be at the ready when turned to the left1 and at the safe when turned to the right4 ,the cut-off is said to be on when turned up and off when turned down4 ,being in line or skirmish line at halt3 #a4 ,with dummy 7blank or ball7 cartridges1 #b4 ,,load4 ,at the command load each front-rank man or skirmisher faces half right and carries the right foot to the right1 about one foot1 to such position as will insure the greatest firmness and steadiness of the body2 raises or lowers the piece and drops it into the left hand at the balance1 left thumb extended along the stock1 muzzle at the height of the breast4 ,with the right hand he turns and draws the bolt back1 takes a cartridge between the thumb and first two fingers and places it in the receiver2 places palm of the hand against the back of the bolt handle2 thrusts the bolt home with a quick motion1 turning down the handle1 and carries the hand to the small of the stock4 ,each rear-rank man moves to the right front1 takes a similar position opposite the interval to the right of his front-rank man1 muzzle of the piece extending beyond the front rank1 and loads4 ,a skirmish line may load while moving1 the pieces being held as nearly as practicable in the position of load4 ,if kneeling or sitting the position of the piece is similar2 if kneeling the left forearm rests on the left thigh2 if sitting the elbows are supported by the knees4 ,if lying down the left hand steadies and supports the piece at the balance1 the toe of the butt resting on the ground1 the muzzle off the ground4 ,for reference1 these positions 7standing1 kneeling1 and lying down7 are designated as that of load4 ,,fill ,,magazine4 ,take the position of load1 if not already there1 open the gate of the magazine with the right thumb1 take five cartridges from the box or belt1 and place them1 with the bullets to the front1 in the magazine1 turning the barrel slightly to the left to facilitate the insertion of the cartridges2 close the gate and carry the right hand to the small of the stock4 ,to load from the magazine the command ,from magazine will be given preceding that of ,,load2 the cut-off will be turned up on coming to the position of load4 ,to resume loading from the belt the command ,from belt will be given preceding the command ,,load2 the cut-off will be turned down on coming to the position of load4 ,the commands from magazine and from belt1 indicating the change in the manner of loading1 will not be repeated in subsequent commands4 ,the words from belt apply to cartridge box as well as belt4 ,in loading from the magazine care should be taken to push the bolt fully forward and turn the handle down before drawing the bolt back1 as otherwise the extractor will not catch the cartridge in the chamber1 and jamming will occur with the cartridge following4 ,to fire from the magazine1 the command ,,magazine ,,fire may be given at any time4 ,the cut-off is turned up and an increased rate of fire is executed4 ,after the magazine is exhausted the cut-off is turned down and the firing continued1 loading from the belt4 ,magazine fire is employed only when1 in the opinion of the platoon leader or company commander1 the maximum rate of fire becomes necessary4 ,,unload4 ,all take the position of load1 turn the cut-off up1 if not already there1 turn the safety lock to the left1 and alternately open and close the chamber until all the cartridges are ejected4 ,after the last cartridge is ejected the chamber is closed and the trigger pulled4 ,the cartridges are then picked up1 cleaned1 and returned to the box or belt1 and the piece brought to the order4 ,,clip ,,fire4 ,turn the cut-off up3 fire at will 7reloading from the magazine7 until the cartridges in the piece are exhausted2 turn the cut-off down2 fill magazine2 reload and take the position of suspend firing4 ,,cease ,,firing4 ,firing stops2 pieces not already there are brought to the position of load1 the cut-off turned down if firing from magazine1 the cartridge is drawn or the empty shell is ejected1 the trigger is pulled1 sights are laid down1 and the piece is brought to the order4 ,cease firing is used for long pauses to prepare for changes of position or to steady the men4 ,,index ,about face1 #cd ,advance1 company1 #aba1 #abb during attack1 #adh1 #bde1 #bdf methods of1 #abf-abi rear guard during1 #bca under cover1 #bde ,advance cavalry1 #bbf ,advance guard1 #adb1 #bba communication with1 #bbh1 #bbi distance from main body of1 #bbd distribution of1 #bbf duties of1 #adc1 #bbc1 #bbd strength of1 #bbd supports to1 #bbf1 #bbg ,age limits for reserve officers1 #afi1 #agj ,aiming rifle1 #bgg ,air planes1 military value of1 #bac ,alignments1 #ff1 #fg in company movements1 #hh1 #ajf1 #aab in skirmish drill1 #aai ,ammunition1 #aia data on ,u4 ,s4 ,army1 #bhe1 #bhf ,appointments to officers' reserve corps1 #afi1 #agj1 #age1 #agf ,arm signals1 #cjb-cjh ,arms1 manual of1 #dj-fb ,arms of the service1 cooeperation of1 #ahb ,army departments1 #agh1 #cbc1 #cbd ,army organization tables1 #cba-cbd ,army slang1 #ai1 #bj ,articles of ,war1 #agi ,artillery1 #ahc1 #bcb1 #cbb1 #cbc organization of1 #cbb1 #cbc ,assembling1 position of guides and file-closers in1 #aaa ,assembly of company1 #hh1 #abj1 #abe of platoons1 #abj1 #aba of squad1 #ge ,at ease1 #cb1 #cc march1 #ajf ,attack1 advantages of1 #ade1 #bdb1 #bdc deployment for1 #bdd enveloping1 #bdc1 #bdd fire superiority in1 #adh1 #bjg1 #bdf frontal1 #bdc initiative in1 #ade1 #bjf night1 #ahe1 #ahf patrols in1 #bdd1 #beb plan of1 #adg progress of1 #adg1 #adh1 #adi1 #bjg1 #bdf1 #bdg rules for1 #bjh1 #bji turning movement in1 #bdc1 #bdd ,attention1 #bi from route step1 #ajf under arms1 #dj ,back step1 #cg ,backward march1 #cg ,bandaging1 first-aid1 #caj-cac ,barbwire1 use of1 #aea1 #ahf ,base squad in extended order drills1 #aab-aai ,battle-field conditions1 #acj1 #aca1 #bjg ,bayonet1 #bhc importance of1 #aij ,bed-making on practice marches1 #afa ,billeting1 #bae ,bivouac1 #bae ,blanket roll1 #afg1 #afh ,bleeding1 treatment for1 #caa-cac ,blisters1 treatment for1 #afc ,bombs1 #ahd1 #ahe ,broken bone1 treatment for1 #cac1 #cad ,bullet wound1 treatment for1 #caa ,burning clothes1 extinguishing1 #cai1 #cbj ,burns1 treatment for1 #cag ,camp1 arrival at1 #aa-ac conduct in1 #ac-ae equipment in1 #aa inspection of1 #bif guard duty in1 #aib-aid habits in1 #ae1 #af1 #ag security in1 #acg-aci mail regulations in1 #aj sanitation1 #afd1 #afe ,camping ground1 selection of1 #bae1 #baf ,camping on practice marches1 #afa1 #bib ,camps1 ,federal training1 #aj ,cantonment1 #bac ,captain1 responsibility of1 #aaj1 #acc ,cavalry1 #ahc1 #ahd advance1 #bbf1 #bab ammunition for1 #aia ,cavalry division1 composition of1 #baa squadron1 organization of1 #cbc troop organization of1 #cba1 #cbb ,chafing1 treatment for1 #cai ,change step1 #ci ,charge during attack1 #bdg ,clip fire1 #baa ,close order drills1 #fc1 #hh ,clothing1 #aa ,coast artillery1 #agh ,colors1 saluting1 #aie ,column1 diminishing front of1 #ajh1 #aji of platoons1 change of direction for1 #ajb1 #ajc formation from column of squads1 #aje1 #ajf from line of1 #ajj-ajb of route1 #ajf of squads1 change of direction for1 #id1 #ajc formation from line of1 #ic1 #id1 #ajb1 #ajc ,combat patrols1 #bdd1 #beb train1 #aia ,commands1 #bh in company skirmish drill1 #aad to company1 #hf1 #if-ajj ,communicating trenches1 #ahh ,company1 advance of1 #aba-abi alignment in1 #hh1 #ajf1 #aab assembly of1 #hh1 #abj dismissing the1 #aaa1 #aab dressing1 #ib1 #ig1 #ii1 #aab facing1 #aje file closers in1 #ajh file formation in1 #ajh1 #aji formation into columns1 #ajj-ajb front into line1 #ii1 #ajj1 #ajf guide in1 #ajf1 #ajg1 #ajh in line1 from line of platoons1 #aje1 #ajf inspection arms in1 #hh1 #hi march at ease1 #ajf to rear1 #aje movement on fixed pivot in1 #hi-ic on moving pivot in1 #ic-if intervals in1 #ic platoons in1 #aaj position of men in1 #hg roll call in1 #hg route step1 #ajf skirmish drills in1 #aad-abj squads in1 #hf ,conduct1 rules of1 #ac-ae ,cooeperation of arms of the service1 #ahb ,corporals1 duties on firing line of1 #acd1 #ace in company movement1 #if1 #ig1 #ii1 #ajj in skirmish drill1 #gg1 #gh1 #aae-aag ,cossack posts1 #ada1 #bce ,counter attack1 #bdh1 #bec ,counting off1 #fd1 #hf ,cover1 advance under1 #bde detachments1 duties of1 #bba1 #bbb strength of1 #bbc trenches1 #ahh ,day patrol1 #bcf1 #bcg ,defense1 advantages of1 #aej1 #bdi fire superiority in1 #beb orders for1 #bea passive and active1 #adi1 #bdg1 #bdh position for1 #acj1 #bdi1 #bej preparations for1 #aej-aeb1 #bej-beb use of obstacles in1 #ahf ,deflection in rifle drill1 #bfc1 #bfg1 #bfh ,deployment for attack1 #bdd rules for1 #aah-abj ,diminishing the front of column of squads1 #ajh1 #aji ,discipline1 value of1 #ag1 #fc1 #baf1 #bag ,distances1 taking1 #fd1 #aaa ,division commander1 #bab ,divisional cavalry1 #baa ,double time march1 #cf ,dress1 #ag1 #ah ,drills1 close order1 #fc1 #hh extended order1 #aab rifle1 #bfa-bfi value of1 #ag1 #fc1 #ahj ,drowning1 treatment for1 #cad-caf ,duties of advance and rear guards1 #adc of captain in battle1 #acc of corporals in battle1 #acd1 #ace of platoon leaders in battle1 #acd of reserve officers1 #aga ,elevation1 in rifle drill1 #bfc1 #bfh1 #bfi ,emergency ration1 #aib ,equipment for first-aid1 #cji inspection of1 #bie1 #bif on arrival at camp1 #aa on practice marches1 #aff-afh ,estimating distance1 #bhf-bia ,estimating the situation1 #adf1 #bjc1 #bjd ,examination to enter ,officers' ,reserve ,corps1 #agj1 #agb ,exercises1 preparatory1 #bc1 #bg ,extended order drills1 #aab ,eyes front1 #cc right1 #cc ,facing1 company1 #aje on skirmish line1 #aij ,facings1 #cd ,fainting1 treatment for1 #cah ,fall in1 #cc ,fall out1 #cb ,feet1 care of the1 #ad1 #afb ,federal training camps1 #aj ,field artillery1 organization of1 #cbb1 #cbc exercises1 #abg orders1 #adg1 #aif-aii1 #bjd-bjf ration1 #aib train1 #aia ,file1 in squad1 #fc formation from column1 #ajh1 #aji ,file-closer1 sergeant as1 #aaa in close order1 #hh position in column of1 #ajb1 #ajg position in company of1 #ib1 #ajh position in company facing of1 #aje regulation of intervals by1 #aaa ,filipino ration1 #aib ,fire attack1 #abg-abi1 #bdf at will1 #baa control1 #acd direction1 #acb-acd discipline1 #ace kinds of1 #baa superiority in attack1 #bdf in defense1 #beb trenches1 #ahh ,firing1 conditions for effective1 #aca1 #acb1 #acd1 #bjg positions for1 #bga-bge line1 advance of1 #adh1 #bde1 #bdf practice1 advice on1 #bga-bhb ,first-aid packet1 #cji ,fix bayonet1 from order1 #eh ,flag signals1 #bii-cja ,flank guard1 #bba march1 #ch ,following corporal1 #gg1 #gh1 #aae1 #aaf1 #aag1 #aai ,forward march1 #ce ,fracture1 treatment for1 #cac1 #cad ,freezing and frost-bite1 treatment for1 #cag1 #cah ,gallery practice1 #aee1 #bgj1 #cbh ,garrison ration1 #aib ,guard duty1 #aib-aid ,guide1 distance regulation by1 #ib1 #aaa duties of1 #ajf1 #ajg in column formation1 #ajg in company assembly1 #hh1 #aaa in company facing1 #aje in company pivot movements1 #ia-id1 #aja in line or column formation1 #aja1 #ajf in skirmish drill1 #aad-aaf in squad movements1 #ajg1 #ajh of deployed line1 #ajg ,guides1 execution of manual arms by1 #aaa officers as1 #ajf1 #aaj1 #aaa ,habits1 #ae1 #af1 #ag ,half step march1 #cf1 #cg ,halt1 #ch during practice marches1 #afj in company movement1 #ig1 #ii ,hand grenades1 #ahd1 #ahe salute1 #ca1 #cb ,hardships of practice marches1 #aei ,hasty cover trenches1 #ahh ,heat exhaustion1 treatment for1 #cag ,independent cavalry1 #bab ,infantry1 #ahb ammunition for1 #aia battalion1 organization of1 #cbc company1 organization of1 #cba division1 composition of1 #baa ,information concerning enemy1 #adf1 #bjg1 #bji1 #baj1 #bed ,initiative1 value of1 #ade1 #bjf ,injuries1 first-aid treatment for1 #caj1 #caa ,inspection arms1 from order1 #ei in company1 #hh1 #hi ,inspection of camp equipment1 #bif of outpost1 #bci1 #bdj of patrol1 #bef ,instruction to officers1 #agb1 #agc1 #agf ,intelligence ,section1 #baj ,intervals1 in company movements1 #ic in skirmish line1 #gh1 #gi in squad1 #fc1 #fe1 #gi1 #hj taking1 #aaa ,intrenchments1 #ahg1 #bea ,kneeling1 #hj1 #ha position for firing1 #bgc ,left shoulder arms1 from port1 #ea1 #ec ,lieutenant1 appointment from ,officers' ,reserve of1 #agf assignments of1 #aaj ,light artillery battalion1 organization of1 #cbc ,line formation to front1 from column1 company1 #ii1 #ajj to right1 from column1 company1 #if-i ,line of observation1 #adj1 #bcf of out guards1 #adj of platoons1 from column of squads1 #ajc from line1 #ajc1 #ajd of resistance1 #adj of reserves1 #ach1 #adj ,list of ,reserve officers1 #agf1 #agg ,loading and firing in squad1 #ha1 #hb1 #hc ,lying down1 #hj ,machine guns1 #ahd1 #bbi1 #bcb ,mail1 in camp1 #aj ,manoeuver maps1 #aij ,manual of arms1 #dj1 #fb ,maps1 military use of1 #ahi1 #aij1 #baj ,march to rear1 company1 #aje ,marches1 conditions for successful1 #bac-bae ,marches1 practice1 #aei see also1 ,practice marches ,marching rules1 #afj ,marchings1 #ce-ci in squad1 #fh1 #gg ,mark time1 #cf ,meeting engagements1 #ahf1 #ahg ,military correspondence1 #ahj-ahb information1 collection of1 #adf1 #bjg1 #bji1 #baj1 #bac1 #bed maps1 #ahi1 #aij1 #baj ,military problems1 #aii-bjb training in colleges1 #agc-agf ,mission1 #adf ,mobile ,army1 #agg1 #agh ,movements in column1 in company1 #ajb-aje in line1 in company1 #if-ajj on pivot1 in company1 #hi-if ,musicians1 position in column of1 #aaa ,napoleon as military leader1 #aii1 #bja1 #bjf ,nervousness in firing1 #aec1 #aeg ,night operations1 #ahe1 #ahf patrol1 #bcf ,non commissioned officers1 #ajf1 #aaj1 #aaa1 #agi ,observation1 line of1 #adj1 #bcf ,oblique march1 #gf1 #gg ,obstacles1 removal of1 for defense1 #aea use of1 in defense1 #ahf ,officers1 advice to1 #baf-bah grades and commands of1 #agi ,officers' ,reserve ,corps1 see also ,reserve officers1 ,officers' ,reserve ,corps1 eligibility for1 #afi-agb1 #age1 #agf pay in1 #aga1 #agd1 #agf purpose of1 #afi sections of1 #gb1 #agc ,order arms1 from inspection1 #ei from port1 #de from present1 #de from right shoulder1 #ej from trail1 #ee ,out guards1 precautions for1 #bdj line of1 #adj1 #bcd1 #bce posting of1 #bdj ,outpost1 composition of1 #bcb distance from main body of1 #bcc distribution of troops of1 #bcb-bcg formation of1 #ach1 #bcg-bdj importance of1 #ahg1 #bba inspection of1 #bci1 #bdj placing of1 #ach1 #ada1 #bcd1 #bci relieving the1 #bda strength of1 #adj1 #bca supports to1 #ach1 #adj1 #bcd orders1 #bch reserves1 #bcd sentinels1 #bce1 #bcf1 #bcg1 #bci sketches1 #aij ,outposts1 inter-communication between1 #bcg ,packs on practice marches1 #afb1 #afg ,parade rest1 #cj from order1 #ed ,patrol1 #bbh1 #bbi combat1 #bdd1 #beb duties of1 #bcg1 #bdj1 #bed formation for1 #beg1 #beh instructions to1 #bee1 #bef meeting enemy1 #beh1 #bei posting of1 #bdj preparation for1 #bef1 #beg return of1 #bei strength of1 #bee cautions1 #beh1 #bei commander of1 #bee ,pay in ,officers' ,reserve ,corps1 #aga1 #agd1 #agf ,picket sentinel1 #bdj ,pickets1 #ada1 #bce posting of1 #bdj ,platoon columns1 advance by1 #abb1 #abd leaders1 duties on firing line of1 #acd ,platoons1 assembly of1 #abj1 #aba commands to1 #if-ajj squads in1 #aaj ,poisoning1 treatment for1 #cah ,port arms1 from left shoulder1 #ed from order1 #dc1 #dd from present1 #de from right shoulder1 #ej ,positions for rifle practice1 #bga-bge ,practice marches1 camping on1 #afa1 #afd1 #afe1 #bib care of feet on1 #afb-afd equipment for1 #aff-afh hardships of1 #aei1 #afj value of1 #aei water drinking on1 #afb ,present arms1 from order1 #da1 #db from port1 #de from right shoulder1 #ea ,prone position for firing1 #bgd1 #bge ,property for ,reserve officers1 #aib ,quick time march1 #cf ,range finders1 #aea1 #bhi1 #bij1 #bia ,rapid fire practice1 #aeg1 #aeh1 #bgi1 #bhj1 #cbh1 #cbi target1 #bfg ,ration1 #aia1 #aib ,reading list for ,reserve officers1 #aie1 #aif ,rear1 march to the1 #ci ,rear guard1 #adb1 #bba composition of1 #bbi1 #bcj distance from main force of1 #bcj distribution of1 #bcj duties of1 #adc1 #bbi strength of1 #bbi of advancing force1 #bca ,reconnaissance1 #bbh1 #bbi1 #bed1 #bac ,reconnoitering patrols1 duties of1 #baj1 #bed ,relations between officers and men1 #baf-bah ,reserve officers1 see also ,officers' ,reserve ,corps ,reserve officers1 active service of1 #aga appointment of1 #afi1 #agj1 #agb1 #age1 #agf department report on1 #agf1 #agg instruction to1 #agb1 #agc-age pay of1 #aga1 #agd1 #agf promotion of1 #aga property of1 #aib reading list for1 #aie1 #aif ,training ,camps1 #agc-age ,reserve ration1 #aib ,reserves1 during advance1 #adb line of1 #ach1 #adj placing of1 #bci to support party1 #bbg1 #bbh ,resistance1 line of1 #adj ,rests1 #cb1 #cc1 #ed during marches1 #afj1 #afa ,rifle1 care of1 #bj1 #bhb control of1 #ace data on ,u4 ,s4 ,army1 #bhc-bhe drills1 #bfa-bfi holding1 #bgj1 #bga knowledge of1 #aec1 #aed nomenclature of1 #bfa recoil of1 #aef1 #aeg rules for carrying1 #fj-fb salute1 from order1 #eg from right shoulder1 #ee1 #ef from trail1 #eg sights1 #aed-aef1 #bfa-bfd sling of1 #bgf practice1 #bga-bhb ,right dress1 #ff1 #fg face1 #cd step march1 #cg turn in company movement1 #ig1 #ii ,right shoulder arms1 from order1 #df-di from port1 #ej from present1 #ea ,road sketches1 #aij ,roll call in company1 #hi ,route step1 company1 #ajf ,salutes1 #ca1 #cb1 #ef ,saluting1 #ah1 #ai1 #aid1 #aie at retreat1 #aid1 #aie colors1 #aie ,security1 during advance1 #ada in camp1 #acg-aci on march1 #bba-bbc ,semaphore signals1 #cja ,sentinel posts1 #bce1 #bcf ,sentinels1 duties of1 #aic1 #aid posting of1 #bdj ,sentry squads1 #ada1 #bce ,sergeants in company movements1 #hh1 #hi1 #aaa ,shelter1 for troops on march1 #bae tents1 #bib ,shoes1 walking1 #af1 #ba1 #bb1 #afd ,shot1 calling1 #bgh ,side step1 #cg ,sighting1 #bfa-bfd1 #bgh1 #bgi ,signal ,corps code1 #bii-cja ,signals1 arm1 #cjb-cjh flag1 #bii-cja general service code for1 #big1 #bih semaphore1 #cja ,sitting position for firing1 #bga1 #bgb ,skirmish drill1 base squad in1 #aab-aai guide in1 #aad-aaf in squad1 #gh-hc line1 advance of1 #abf1 #abg from column1 #aaf-aah from company line1 #aad-aaf on oblique1 #abj to the flank1 #abj to the rear1 #abj ,skirmishes in advance1 #abd ,slow fire practice1 #bgj1 #bga1 #cbh1 #cbi targets1 #bff ,small pox inoculation1 #aa ,snake bite1 treatment for1 #cah1 #cai ,squad1 alignment of1 #ff1 #fg formation of1 #fd assembly of1 #ge deploy of1 #fc dismissal of1 #ei1 #fj distance in1 #fd halt1 #fi number of men in1 #aaj right1 #fh right about1 #gj right turn1 #ga1 #gb skirmish drill in1 #gh-hc blanket roll1 #afh columns1 #abd file1 #fc intervals1 #fc1 #fe1 #gi1 #hj leaders in company movements1 #hh marchings1 #fh-gg ,squads1 in column movements1 #ajb-aje in company1 #hf commands to1 #if-ajj ,stack arms1 #hd ,steps1 #ce-ci ,stomach wounds1 treatment for1 #cai ,strategical maps1 #aij reconnaissance1 #bac ,strategy1 #bab ,sunstroke1 treatment for1 #cag ,supports1 posting of1 #bci during advance1 #adb in attack1 #adi to advance guard1 #bbf1 #bbg to outposts1 #ach1 #adj1 #bcd ,surplus kit bag1 #afg ,tactical reconnaissance1 #bac ,tactics1 #bab ,take arms1 #he ,taking intervals and distances1 #aaa ,target practice1 #aef1 #aeg1 #cbh1 #cbi ,team work in firing1 #acc ,tent pitching1 #afa1 #bic1 #bid ,tents1 shelter1 #bib ,term of service for ,reserve officers1 #agj1 #aga1 #age ,tourniquet1 use of1 #cab1 #cac1 #cah ,trail arms1 from order1 #ee ,training camps1 ,federal1 #aj ,corps for officers1 #agc-age ,transportation1 #aia ,travel ration1 #aib ,trenches1 #aea1 #ahg-ahi1 #bea occupation of1 #bea1 #beb ,trigger squeeze1 #bgg1 #bgh ,turn on fixed pivot from line1 company1 #hi-ic on moving pivot to change direction1 company1 #ic-if ,turning movement in attack1 #bdc1 #bdd ,typhoid inoculation1 #aj1 #aa ,unfix bayonet1 from order1 #eh ,uniforms1 #ag1 #ah ,u4 ,s4 ,army1 ammunition1 data on1 #bhe1 #bhf organization tables for1 #cba-cbc rifle1 data on1 #bhc-bhe land forces1 #agg1 #agh military departments1 #i1 #aj1 #ahj1 #aha1 #cbc1 #cbd1 #cbe ,volley fire1 #baa ,walking1 importance of1 #ba1 #bb ,war strength tables1 #cbf1 #cbg ,water drinking on practice marches1 #afb ,war game maps1 #aij ,whistle signals1 #aba ,windage1 #bfg1 #bfi ,withdrawal from action1 #ahg1 #bec ,wounds1 first-aid treatment for1 #caj1 #caa1 #cai ,,footnotes #a ,these exercises are selected from those commonly given by ,major ,h4 ,j4 ,koehler1 ,united ,states ,army4 #b ,the line of supports and the line of resistance need not necessarily be the same4 #c ,some government publications can be obtained at no cost from the ,superintendent of ,public ,documents1 ,washington1 ,d4 ,c4 ,,transcriber ,,notes ,a ,changed familar to familiar4 ,b ,changed gage to guage4 ,c ,changed give to given4